US20210246228A1 - Fc-region variants with modified fcrn- and protein a-binding properties - Google Patents

Fc-region variants with modified fcrn- and protein a-binding properties Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20210246228A1
US20210246228A1 US17/126,838 US202017126838A US2021246228A1 US 20210246228 A1 US20210246228 A1 US 20210246228A1 US 202017126838 A US202017126838 A US 202017126838A US 2021246228 A1 US2021246228 A1 US 2021246228A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
polypeptide
mutations
antibody
domain
amino acid
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US17/126,838
Inventor
Tilman Schlothauer
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Hoffmann La Roche Inc
Original Assignee
Hoffmann La Roche Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Hoffmann La Roche Inc filed Critical Hoffmann La Roche Inc
Priority to US17/126,838 priority Critical patent/US20210246228A1/en
Publication of US20210246228A1 publication Critical patent/US20210246228A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/06—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies from serum
    • C07K16/065—Purification, fragmentation
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/395—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K1/00—General methods for the preparation of peptides, i.e. processes for the organic chemical preparation of peptides or proteins of any length
    • C07K1/14—Extraction; Separation; Purification
    • C07K1/16—Extraction; Separation; Purification by chromatography
    • C07K1/22—Affinity chromatography or related techniques based upon selective absorption processes
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/12—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from bacteria
    • C07K16/1267—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from bacteria from Gram-positive bacteria
    • C07K16/1271—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from bacteria from Gram-positive bacteria from Micrococcaceae (F), e.g. Staphylococcus
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/46—Hybrid immunoglobulins
    • C07K16/468—Immunoglobulins having two or more different antigen binding sites, e.g. multifunctional antibodies
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/505—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising antibodies
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/10—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by their source of isolation or production
    • C07K2317/14—Specific host cells or culture conditions, e.g. components, pH or temperature
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/30—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency
    • C07K2317/31—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency multispecific
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/52—Constant or Fc region; Isotype
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/52—Constant or Fc region; Isotype
    • C07K2317/524—CH2 domain
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/52—Constant or Fc region; Isotype
    • C07K2317/526—CH3 domain
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/52—Constant or Fc region; Isotype
    • C07K2317/53—Hinge
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/71—Decreased effector function due to an Fc-modification
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/72—Increased effector function due to an Fc-modification
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00—Fusion polypeptide

Definitions

  • IgG Fc-regions that have been modified with respect to Fc-receptor as well as protein A binding.
  • the ligands most adopted to bind selectively IgG are Staphylococcal protein A and protein G, which are able to establish highly selective interactions with the Fc-region of most IgGs in a region known as “consensus binding site” (CBS) (DeLano, W. L., et al., Science 287 (2000) 1279), which is located at the hinge region between the CH2 and CH3 domains of the Fc-region.
  • CBS Consensus binding site
  • Staphylococcal protein A is a cell wall associated protein domain exposed on the surface of the Gram-positive bacterium Staphylococcus aureus .
  • SPA has high affinity to IgG from various species, for instance human, rabbit and guinea pig IgG but only weak interaction with bovine and mouse IgG (see the following Table) (see Hober supra; Duhamel, R. C., et al., J. Immunol. Methods 31 (1979) 211; Björk, L. and Kronvall, G., Immunol. J. 133 (1984) 969; Richman, D. D., et al., J. Immunol. 128 (1982) 2300; Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Handbook, Antibody Purification (2000)).
  • the heavy chain hinge-region between the CH2 and CH3 domains of IgG is able to bind several proteins beyond protein A, such as the neonatal Fc receptor (FcRn) (see DeLano and Salvalaglio supra).
  • FcRn neonatal Fc receptor
  • the SPA CBS comprehends a hydrophobic pocket on the surface of the antibody.
  • the residues composing the IgG CBS are Ile 253, Ser 254, Met 252, Met 423, Tyr 326, His 435, Asn 434, His 433, Arg 255, and Glu 380 (numbering of the IgG heavy chain residues according to the Kabat EU index numbering system).
  • the charged amino acids (Arg 255, Glu 380) are placed around a hydrophobic knob formed by Ile 253 and Ser 254. This (can) result in the establishment of polar and hydrophilic interactions (see Salvalaglio supra).
  • the protein A-IgG interaction can be described using two main binding sites: the first is positioned in the heavy chain CH2 domain and is characterized by hydrophobic interactions between Phe 132, Leu 136, Ile 150 (of protein A) and the IgG hydrophobic knob constituted by Ile 253 and Ser 254, and by one electrostatic interaction between Lys 154 (protein A) and Thr 256 (IgG).
  • the second site is located in the heavy chain CH3 domain and is dominated by electrostatic interactions between Gln 129 and Tyr 133 (protein A) and His 433, Asn 434, and His 435 (IgG) (see Salvalaglio supra).
  • the basic challenge in generating multispecific heterodimeric IgG antibodies from four antibody chains (two different heavy chains and two different light chains) in one expression cell line is the so-called chain association issue (see Klein, C., et al., mAbs 4 (2012) 653-663).
  • chain association issue see Klein, C., et al., mAbs 4 (2012) 653-663.
  • 16 theoretically possible combinations ten can be found of which only one corresponds to the desired functional bispecific antibody (De Lau, W.
  • Carter et al. from Genentech invented an approach termed “knobs-into-holes” (KiH) (see Carter, P., J. Immunol. Meth. 248 (2001) 7-15; Merchant, A. M., et al., Nat. Biotechnol. 16 (1998) 677-681; Zhu, Z., et al., Prot. Sci. 6 (1997) 781-788; Ridgway, J. B., et al., Prot. Eng. 9 (1996) 617-621; Atwell, S., et al., J. Mol. Biol.
  • the concept relies on modifications of the interface between the two CH3 domains of the two heavy chains of an antibody where most interactions occur.
  • a bulky residue is introduced into the CH3 domain of one antibody heavy chain and acts similarly to a key (“knob”).
  • a “hole” is formed that is able to accommodate this bulky residue, mimicking a lock.
  • the resulting heterodimeric Fc-region can be further stabilized by the introduction/formation of artificial disulfide bridges.
  • all KiH mutations are buried within the CH3 domains and not “visible” to the immune system.
  • properties of antibodies with KiH mutations such as (thermal) stability, Fc ⁇ R binding and effector functions (e.g., ADCC, FcRn binding) and pharmacokinetic (PK) behavior are not affected.
  • the newly formed “crossed” light chain does not associate with the (normal, i.e. not-crossed) heavy chain Fab region of the other arm of the bispecific antibody any longer.
  • the correct “light chain” association can be enforced by this minimal change in domain arrangement (see Schaefer supra).
  • Zhu et al. introduced several sterically complementary mutations, as well as disulfide bridges, in the two VL/VH interfaces of diabody variants.
  • VL Y87A/F98M and VH V37F/L45W were introduced into the anti-p185HER2 VL/VH interface, a heterodimeric diabody was recovered with >90% yield while maintaining overall yield and affinity compared with the parental diabody (see Zhu supra).
  • WO2010151792 a bispecific antibody format providing ease of isolation is provided, comprising immunoglobulin heavy chain variable domains that are differentially modified, i.e. heterodimeric, in the CH3 domain, wherein the differential modifications are non-immunogenic or substantially non-immunogenic with respect to the CH3 modifications, and at least one of the modifications results in a differential affinity for the bispecific antibody for an affinity reagent such as protein A, and the bispecific antibody is isolable from a disrupted cell, from medium, or from a mixture of antibodies based on its affinity for protein A.
  • an affinity reagent such as protein A
  • the neonatal Fc-receptor (FcRn) is important for the metabolic fate of antibodies of the IgG class in vivo.
  • the FcRn functions to salvage IgG from the lysosomal degradation pathway, resulting in reduced clearance and increased half-life. It is a heterodimeric protein consisting of two polypeptides: a 50 kDa class I major histocompatibility complex-like protein ( ⁇ -FcRn) and a 15 kDa ⁇ 2-microglobulin ( ⁇ 2m).
  • ⁇ -FcRn major histocompatibility complex-like protein
  • ⁇ 2m microglobulin
  • an antibody of the class IgG and the FcRn is pH dependent and occurs in a 1:2 stoichiometry, i.e. one IgG antibody molecule can interact with two FcRn molecules via its two heavy chain Fc-region polypeptides (see e.g. Huber, A. H., et al., J. Mol. Biol. 230 (1993) 1077-1083).
  • an IgGs in vitro FcRn binding properties/characteristics are indicative of its in vivo pharmacokinetic properties in the blood circulation.
  • Fc-region residues critical to the mouse Fc-region-mouse FcRn interaction have been identified by site-directed mutagenesis (see e.g. Dall'Acqua, W. F., et al. J. Immunol 169 (2002) 5171-5180).
  • Residues 1253, H310, H433, N434, and H435 are involved in the interaction (Medesan, C., et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 26 (1996) 2533-2536; Firan, M., et al., Int. Immunol.
  • Residues 1253, H310, and H435 were found to be critical for the interaction of human Fc-region with murine FcRn (Kim, J. K., et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 29 (1999) 2819-2885).
  • variant Fc-regions that specifically bind to Staphylococcus protein A and that do or do not bind to human FcRn.
  • These variant Fc-regions contain specific amino acid mutations in the CH2-domain whereas the CH3-domain is not changed with respect to protein A binding. It has been found that these mutations when used in the hole-chain of a heterodimeric Fc-region allow for the purification of the heterodimeric Fc-region, i.e. the separation of the heterodimeric Fc-region from the homodimeric Fc-region by-product (hole-chain-hole-chain dimer).
  • the first polypeptide (hole-chain) comprises the mutations
  • the first polypeptide (hole-chain) comprises the mutations
  • the first polypeptide (hole-chain) comprises the mutation
  • the second polypeptide comprises the mutation
  • the immunoglobulin hinge region, the immunoglobulin CH2-domain and the immunoglobulin CH3-domain of the first and the second polypeptide are of the human IgG1 subclass.
  • the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide each further comprise the mutations L234A and L235A.
  • the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide each further comprise the mutation P329G.
  • the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide each further comprise the mutations L234A, L235A and P329G.
  • the immunoglobulin hinge region, the immunoglobulin CH2-domain and the immunoglobulin CH3-domain of the first and the second polypeptide are of the human IgG4 subclass.
  • the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide each further comprise the mutations S228P and L235E.
  • the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide each further comprise the mutation P329G.
  • the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide each further comprise the mutations S228P, L235E and P329G.
  • heterodimeric polypeptide is an Fc-region fusion polypeptide.
  • heterodimeric polypeptide is a full-length antibody.
  • the full-length antibody comprises a first polypeptide (hole-chain) with in addition to the hole-mutations the mutations I253A and L314A and a second polypeptide (knob-chain) with the knob-mutations (numbering according to Kabat).
  • the full-length antibody comprises a first polypeptide (hole-chain) with in addition to the hole-mutations the mutations L251A and L314A and a second polypeptide (knob-chain) with the knob-mutations (numbering according to Kabat).
  • the full-length antibody comprises a first polypeptide (hole-chain) with in addition to the hole-mutations the mutation L251A and a second polypeptide (knob-chain) with the knob-mutations (numbering according to Kabat).
  • the full-length antibody comprises a first polypeptide (hole-chain) with in addition to the hole-mutations the mutation I253A and a second polypeptide (knob-chain) with the knob-mutations (numbering according to Kabat).
  • the full-length antibody comprises a first polypeptide (hole-chain) with in addition to the hole-mutations the mutation L314 A and a second polypeptide (knob-chain) with the knob-mutations (numbering according to Kabat).
  • the full-length antibody comprises a first polypeptide (hole-chain) with in addition to the hole-mutations the mutation H310A and a second polypeptide (knob-chain) with the knob-mutations (numbering according to Kabat).
  • the full-length antibody comprises a first polypeptide (hole-chain) with in addition to the hole-mutations the mutations L251A, I253A and L314A and a second polypeptide (knob-chain) with the knob-mutations (numbering according to Kabat).
  • the full-length antibody comprises a first polypeptide (hole-chain) with in addition to the hole-mutations the mutations L251A, I253A and L314A and a second polypeptide (knob-chain) with in addition to the knob-mutations the mutation M252Y, S254T and T256E (numbering according to Kabat).
  • the full-length antibody comprises a first polypeptide (hole-chain) with in addition to the hole-mutations the mutations I253A, L314A, M428L and N434H and a second polypeptide (knob-chain) with in addition to the knob-mutations the mutation M252Y, S254T and T256E (numbering according to Kabat).
  • the full-length antibody further in addition comprises one or more of the mutations selected from the group comprising S17A, R19A, T57A, T57K, R66A, S70A, Y79A, Q81A, N82aA and S82bA in the heavy chain variable domain (numbering according to Kabat).
  • the full-length antibody comprises one or more of the mutations selected from the group consisting of S17A, R19A, T57A, T57K, R66A, Q81A and N82aA in the heavy chain variable domain and has reduced binding to protein A compared to an antibody not having these mutations but having otherwise the identical amino acid sequence (numbering according to Kabat).
  • the full-length antibody comprises one or more of the mutations selected from the group consisting of S70A, Y79A and S82bA in the heavy chain variable domain and has increased binding to protein A compared to an antibody not having these mutations but having otherwise the identical amino acid sequence (numbering according to Kabat).
  • the full length antibody is a monospecific antibody. In one embodiment the monospecific antibody is a monovalent monospecific antibody. In one embodiment the monospecific antibody is a bivalent monospecific antibody.
  • the full length antibody is a bispecific antibody.
  • the bispecific antibody is a bivalent bispecific antibody.
  • the bispecific antibody is a tetravalent bispecific antibody.
  • the full length antibody is a trispecific antibody.
  • the trispecific antibody is a trivalent trispecific antibody.
  • the trispecific antibody is a tetravalent trispecific antibody.
  • One aspect as reported herein is a method for producing a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein comprising the following steps:
  • One aspect as reported herein is method of treatment of a patient suffering from ocular vascular diseases by administering a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein to a patient in the need of such treatment.
  • One aspect as reported herein is a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for intravitreal application.
  • One aspect as reported herein is a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for use as a medicament.
  • One aspect as reported herein is a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for the treatment of vascular eye diseases.
  • One aspect as reported herein is a pharmaceutical formulation comprising a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein and optionally a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • a short systemic half-live after passage of the blood-ocular-barrier from the eye into the blood is beneficial in order to avoid systemic side effects.
  • an antibody that specifically binds to ligands of a receptor is only effective in the treatment of eye-diseases if the antibody-antigen complex is removed from the eye, i.e. the antibody functions as a transport vehicle for receptor ligands out of the eye and thereby inhibits receptor signaling.
  • One aspect as reported herein is the use of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for the transport of a soluble receptor ligand from the eye over the blood-ocular-barrier into the blood circulation.
  • One aspect as reported herein is the use of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for the removal of one or more soluble receptor ligands from the eye.
  • One aspect as reported herein is the use of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for the treatment of eye diseases, especially of ocular vascular diseases.
  • One aspect as reported herein is the use of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for the transport of one or more soluble receptor ligands from the intravitreal space to the blood circulation.
  • One aspect as reported herein is a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for use in treating an eye disease.
  • One aspect as reported herein is a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for use in the transport of a soluble receptor ligand from the eye over the blood-ocular-barrier into the blood circulation.
  • One aspect as reported herein is a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for use in the removal of one or more soluble receptor ligands from the eye.
  • One aspect as reported herein is a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for use in treating eye diseases, especially ocular vascular diseases.
  • One aspect as reported herein is a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for use in the transport of one or more soluble receptor ligands from the intravitreal space to the blood circulation.
  • One aspect as reported herein is a method of treating an individual having an ocular vascular disease comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein.
  • One aspect as reported herein is a method for transporting a soluble receptor ligand from the eye over the blood-ocular-barrier into the blood circulation in an individual comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein to transport a soluble receptor ligand from the eye over the blood-ocular-barrier into the blood circulation.
  • One aspect as reported herein is a method the removal of one or more soluble receptor ligands from the eye in an individual comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein to remove one or more soluble receptor ligands from the eye.
  • One aspect as reported herein is a method for the transport of one or more soluble receptor ligands from the intravitreal space to the blood circulation in an individual comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein to transport of one or more soluble receptor ligands from the intravitreal space to the blood circulation.
  • One aspect as reported herein is a method for transporting a soluble receptor ligand from the intravitreal space or the eye over the blood-ocular-barrier into the blood circulation in an individual comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein to transport a soluble receptor ligand from the eye over the blood-ocular-barrier into the blood circulation.
  • heterodimeric polypeptide is a bispecific antibody.
  • the bispecific antibody is a bivalent bispecific antibody.
  • the bispecific antibody is a tetravalent bispecific antibody.
  • the heterodimeric polypeptide is a trispecific antibody.
  • the trispecific antibody is a trivalent trispecific antibody.
  • the trispecific antibody is a tetravalent trispecific antibody.
  • heterodimeric polypeptide is a CrossMab.
  • heterodimeric polypeptide is an Fc-region fusion polypeptide.
  • the first polypeptide further comprises the mutations Y349C, T366S, L368A and Y407V and the second polypeptide further comprises the mutations S354C and T366W.
  • the antibody or the Fc-region fusion polypeptide is of the subclass IgG1. In one embodiment the antibody or the Fc-region fusion polypeptide further comprise the mutations L234A and L235A. In one embodiment the antibody or the Fc-region fusion polypeptide further comprise the mutation P329G.
  • the antibody or the Fc-region fusion polypeptide is of the subclass IgG4. In one embodiment the antibody or the Fc-region fusion polypeptide further comprise the mutations S228P and L235E. In one embodiment the antibody or the Fc-region fusion polypeptide further comprise the mutation P329G.
  • the term “about” denotes a range of +/ ⁇ 20% of the thereafter following numerical value. In one embodiment the term about denotes a range of +/ ⁇ 10% of the thereafter following numerical value. In one embodiment the term about denotes a range of +/ ⁇ 5% of the thereafter following numerical value.
  • acceptor human framework for the purposes herein is a framework comprising the amino acid sequence of a light chain variable domain (VL) framework or a heavy chain variable domain (VH) framework derived from a human immunoglobulin framework or a human consensus framework, as defined below.
  • An acceptor human framework “derived from” a human immunoglobulin framework or a human consensus framework may comprise the same amino acid sequence thereof, or it may contain amino acid sequence alterations. In some embodiments, the number of amino acid alterations are 10 or less, 9 or less, 8 or less, 7 or less, 6 or less, 5 or less, 4 or less, 3 or less, or 2 or less.
  • the VL acceptor human framework is identical in sequence to the VL human immunoglobulin framework sequence or human consensus framework sequence.
  • an “affinity matured” antibody refers to an antibody with one or more alterations in one or more hypervariable regions (HVRs), compared to a parent antibody, which does not possess such alterations, such alterations resulting in an improvement in the affinity of the antibody for antigen.
  • HVRs hypervariable regions
  • alteration denotes the mutation (substitution), insertion (addition), or deletion of one or more amino acid residues in a parent antibody or fusion polypeptide, e.g. a fusion polypeptide comprising at least an FcRn binding portion of an Fc-region, to obtain a modified antibody or fusion polypeptide.
  • mutation denotes that the specified amino acid residue is substituted for a different amino acid residue.
  • L234A denotes that the amino acid residue lysine at position 234 in an antibody Fc-region (polypeptide) is substituted by the amino acid residue alanine (substitution of lysine with alanine) (numbering according to the Kabat EU index numbering system).
  • a “naturally occurring amino acid residues” denotes an amino acid residue from the group consisting of alanine (three letter code: Ala, one letter code: A), arginine (Arg, R), asparagine (Asn, N), aspartic acid (Asp, D), cysteine (Cys, C), glutamine (Gln, Q), glutamic acid (Glu, E), glycine (Gly, G), histidine (His, H), isoleucine (Ile, I), leucine (Leu, L), lysine (Lys, K), methionine (Met, M), phenylalanine (Phe, F), proline (Pro, P), serine (Ser, S), threonine (Thr, T), tryptophane (Trp, W), tyrosine (Tyr, Y), and valine (Val, V).
  • alanine three letter code: Ala, one letter code: A
  • arginine
  • the replacing amino acid residue may be a “naturally occurring amino acid residues” and selected from the group consisting of alanine (three letter code: Ala, one letter code: A), arginine (Arg, R), asparagine (Asn, N), aspartic acid (asp, D), cysteine (Cys, C), glutamine (Gln, Q), glutamic acid (Glu, E), glycine (glee, G), histidine (his, H), isoleucine (lie, I), leucine (Leu, L), lysine (lees, K), methionine (met, M), phenylalanine (Phe, F), proline (pro, P), serine (seer, S), threonine (Thr, T), tryptophan (Trp, W), tyrosine (try,
  • the replacing amino acid residue may be a “non-naturally occurring amino acid residue”. See e.g. U.S. Pat. No. 6,586,207, WO 98/48032, WO 03/073238, US 2004/0214988, WO 2005/35727, WO 2005/74524, Chin, J. W., et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 124 (2002) 9026-9027; Chin, J. W. and Schultz, P. G., ChemBioChem 11 (2002) 1135-1137; Chin, J. W., et al., PICAS United States of America 99 (2002) 11020-11024; and, Wang, L. and Schultz, P. G., Chem. (2002) 1-10 (all entirely incorporated by reference herein).
  • amino acid deletion denotes the removal of at least one amino acid residue at a predetermined position in an amino acid sequence.
  • antibody herein is used in the broadest sense and encompasses various antibody structures, including but not limited to monoclonal antibodies, multispecific antibodies (e.g. bispecific antibodies, trispecific antibodies), and antibody fragments so long as they exhibit the desired antigen-, and/or protein A and/or FcRn-binding activity.
  • asymmetric Fc-region denotes a pair of Fc-region polypeptides that have different amino acid residues at corresponding positions according to the Kabat EU index numbering system.
  • asymmetric Fc-region with respect to FcRn binding denotes an Fc-region that consists of two polypeptide chains that have different amino acid residues at corresponding positions, whereby the positions are determined according to the Kabat EU index numbering system, whereby the different positions affect the binding of the Fc-region to the human neonatal Fc-receptor (FcRn).
  • FcRn human neonatal Fc-receptor
  • the differences between the two polypeptide chains of the Fc-region in an “asymmetric Fc-region with respect to FcRn binding” do not include differences that have been introduced to facilitate the formation of heterodimeric Fc-regions, e.g. for the production of bispecific antibodies. These differences can also be asymmetric, i.e.
  • the two chains have differences at non-corresponding amino acid residues according to the Kabat EU index numbering system. These differences facilitate heterodimerization and reduce homodimerization. Examples of such differences are the so-called “knobs into holes” substitutions (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,695,936 and US 2003/0078385).
  • heterodimerization facilitating amino acid changes are the so-called “charge pair substitutions” (see, e.g., WO 2009/089004).
  • the following charge pair substitutions in the individual polypeptide chains of an Fc-region of an IgG antibody of subclass IgG1 have been found to increase heterodimer formation: 1) K409D or K409E in one chain and D399K or D399R in the other chain; 2) K392D or K392E in one chain and D399K or D399R in the other chain; 3) K439D or K439E in one chain and E356K or E356R in the other chain; 4) K370D or K370E in one chain and E357K or E357R in the other chain; 5) K409D and K360D in one chain plus D399K and E356K in the other chain; 6) K409D and K370D in one chain plus D399K and E357K in the other chain; 7) K
  • binding denotes the binding of an antibody to its antigen in an in vitro assay, in one embodiment in a binding assay in which the antibody is bound to a surface and binding of the antigen to the antibody is measured by Surface Plasmon Resonance (SPR).
  • Binding means a binding affinity (K D ) of 10 ⁇ 8 M or less, in some embodiments of 10 ⁇ 13 to 10 ⁇ 8 M, in some embodiments of 10 ⁇ 13 to 10 ⁇ 9 M.
  • Binding can be investigated by a BIAcore assay (GE Healthcare Biosensor AB, Uppsala, Sweden).
  • the affinity of the binding is defined by the terms k a (rate constant for the association of the antibody from the antibody/antigen complex), k d (dissociation constant), and K D (k d /k a ).
  • chimeric antibody refers to an antibody in which a portion of the heavy and/or light chain is derived from a particular source or species, while the remainder of the heavy and/or light chain is derived from a different source or species.
  • CH2 domain denotes the part of an antibody heavy chain polypeptide that extends approximately from EU position 231 to EU position 340 (EU numbering system according to Kabat).
  • a CH2 domain has the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 01: APELLGG PSVFLFPPKP KDTLMISRTP EVTCVWDVS HEDPEVKFNW YVDGVEVHNA KTKPREEQ E STYRWSVLT VLHQDWLNGK EYKCKVSNKA LPAPIEKTIS KAK.
  • CH3-domain denotes the part of an antibody heavy chain polypeptide that extends approximately from EU position 341 to EU position 446.
  • the CH3 domain has the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 02: GQPREPQ VYTLPPSRDE LTKNQVSLTC LVKGFYPSDI AVEWESNGQP ENNYKTTPPV LDSDGSFFLY SKLTVDKSRW QQGNVFSCSV MHEALHNHYT QKSLSLSPG.
  • the “class” of an antibody refers to the type of constant domain or constant region possessed by its heavy chain.
  • the heavy chain constant domains that correspond to the different classes of immunoglobulins are called ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , and ⁇ , respectively.
  • the term “comparable length” denotes that two polypeptides comprise the identical number of amino acid residues or can be different in length by one or more and up to 10 amino acid residues at most.
  • the (Fc-region) polypeptides comprise the identical number of amino acid residues or differ by a number of from 1 to 10 amino acid residues.
  • the (Fc-region) polypeptides comprise the identical number of amino acid residues or differ by a number of from 1 to 5 amino acid residues.
  • the (Fc-region) polypeptides comprise the identical number of amino acid residues or differ by a number of from 1 to 3 amino acid residues.
  • “Effector functions” refer to those biological activities attributable to the Fc-region of an antibody, which vary with the antibody class. Examples of antibody effector functions include: C1 q binding and complement dependent cytotoxicity (CDC); Fc receptor binding; antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC); phagocytosis; down regulation of cell surface receptors (e.g. B cell receptor); and B-cell activation.
  • an “effective amount” of an agent refers to an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired therapeutic or prophylactic result.
  • Fc-fusion polypeptide denotes a fusion of a binding domain (e.g. an antigen binding domain such as a single chain antibody, or a polypeptide such as a ligand of a receptor) with an antibody Fc-region that exhibits the desired target-, protein A- and FcRn-binding activity.
  • a binding domain e.g. an antigen binding domain such as a single chain antibody, or a polypeptide such as a ligand of a receptor
  • Fc-region of human origin denotes the C-terminal region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain of human origin that contains at least a part of the hinge region, the CH2 domain and the CH3 domain.
  • a human IgG heavy chain Fc-region extends from Cys226, or from Pro230, to the carboxyl-terminus of the heavy chain.
  • the Fc-region has the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 03.
  • the C-terminal lysine (Lys447) of the Fc-region may or may not be present.
  • the amino acid positions of all constant regions and domains of the heavy and light chain are numbered according to the Kabat numbering system described in Kabat, et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th ed., Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991) and is referred to as “numbering according to Kabat” herein.
  • Kabat numbering system see pages 647-660
  • Kabat, et al. Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th ed., Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991) is used for the light chain constant domain CL of kappa and lambda isotype
  • the Kabat EU index numbering system see pages 661-723 is used for the constant heavy chain domains (CH1, Hinge, CH2 and CH3).
  • FcRn denotes the human neonatal Fc-receptor. FcRn functions to salvage IgG from the lysosomal degradation pathway, resulting in reduced clearance and increased half-life.
  • the FcRn is a heterodimeric protein consisting of two polypeptides: a 50 kDa class I major histocompatibility complex-like protein ( ⁇ -FcRn) and a 15 kDa ⁇ 2-microglobulin ⁇ 2m). FcRn binds with high affinity to the CH2-CH3 portion of the Fc-region of IgG.
  • IgG and FcRn The interaction between IgG and FcRn is strictly pH dependent and occurs in a 1:2 stoichiometry, with one IgG binding to two FcRn molecules via its two heavy chains (Huber, A. H., et al., J. Mol. Biol. 230 (1993) 1077-1083). FcRn binding occurs in the endosome at acidic pH (pH ⁇ 6.5) and IgG is released at the neutral cell surface (pH of about 7.4).
  • the pH-sensitive nature of the interaction facilitates the FcRn-mediated protection of IgGs pinocytosed into cells from intracellular degradation by binding to the receptor within the acidic environment of endosomes. FcRn then facilitates the recycling of IgG to the cell surface and subsequent release into the blood stream upon exposure of the FcRn-IgG complex to the neutral pH environment outside the cell.
  • FcRn binding portion of an Fc-region denotes the part of an antibody heavy chain polypeptide that extends approximately from EU position 243 to EU position 261 and approximately from EU position 275 to EU position 293 and approximately from EU position 302 to EU position 319 and approximately from EU position 336 to EU position 348 and approximately from EU position 367 to EU position 393 and EU position 408 and approximately from EU position 424 to EU position 440.
  • one or more of the following amino acid residues according to the EU numbering of Kabat are altered F243, P244, P245 P, K246, P247, K248, D249, T250, L251, M252, 1253, S254, R255, T256, P257, E258, V259, T260, C261, F275, N276, W277, Y278, V279, D280, V282, E283, V284, H285, N286, A287, K288, T289, K290, P291, R292, E293, V302, V303, S304, V305, L306, T307, V308, L309, H310, Q311, D312, W313, L314, N315, G316, K317, E318, Y319, 1336, S337, K338, A339, K340, G341, Q342, P343, R344, E345, P346, Q347, V348, C367, V369,
  • “Framework” or “FR” refers to variable domain residues other than hypervariable region (HVR) residues.
  • the FR of a variable domain generally consists of four FR domains: FR1, FR2, FR3, and FR4. Accordingly, the HVR and FR sequences generally appear in the following sequence in VH (or VL): FR1-H1(L1)-FR2-H2(L2)-FR3-H3(L3)-FR4.
  • full length antibody denotes an antibody having a structure substantially similar to a native antibody structure comprising four polypeptides or having heavy chains that contain an Fc-region as defined herein.
  • a full-length antibody may comprise further domains, such as e.g. a scFv or a scFab conjugated to one or more of the chains of the full-length antibody. These conjugates are also encompassed by the term full-length antibody.
  • dimeric polypeptide denotes a complex comprising at least two polypeptides that are associated covalently.
  • the complex may comprise further polypeptides that are also associated covalently or non-covalently with the other polypeptides.
  • the dimeric polypeptide comprises two or four polypeptides.
  • heterodimer or “heterodimeric” denote a molecule that comprises two polypeptides (e.g. of comparable length), wherein the two polypeptides have an amino acid sequence that have at least one different amino acid residue in a corresponding position, whereby corresponding position is determined according to the Kabat EU index numbering system.
  • homodimer and “homodimeric” denote a molecule that comprises two polypeptides of comparable length, wherein the two polypeptides have an amino acid sequence that is identical in corresponding positions, whereby corresponding positions are determined according to the Kabat EU index numbering system.
  • a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein is heterodimeric determined with respect to mutations or properties in focus. For example, with respect to FcRn and/or protein A binding (i.e. the focused on properties) a dimeric polypeptide is homodimeric (i.e.
  • both polypeptides of the dimeric polypeptide comprise these mutations) with respect to the mutations H310A, H433A and Y436A (these mutations are in focus with respect to FcRn and/or protein A binding property of the dimeric polypeptide) but at the same time heterodimeric with respect to the mutations Y349C, T366S, L368A and Y407V (these mutations are not in focus as these mutations are directed to the heterodimerization of the dimeric polypeptide and not to the FcRn/protein A binding properties) as well as the mutations S354C and T366W, respectively (the first set is comprised only in the first polypeptide whereas the second set is comprised only in the second polypeptide).
  • a dimeric polypeptide as reported herein can be heterodimeric with respect to the mutations I253A, H310A, H433A, H435A and Y436A (i.e. these mutations are directed all to the FcRn and/or protein A binding properties of the dimeric polypeptide), i.e. one polypeptide comprises the mutations I253A, H310A and H435A, whereas the other polypeptide comprises the mutations H310A, H433A and Y436A.
  • host cell refers to cells into which exogenous nucleic acid has been introduced, including the progeny of such cells.
  • Host cells include “transformants” and “transformed cells,” which include the primary transformed cell and progeny derived therefrom without regard to the number of passages. Progeny may not be completely identical in nucleic acid content to a parent cell, but may contain mutations. Mutant progeny that have the same function or biological activity as screened or selected for in the originally transformed cell are included herein.
  • a “human antibody” is one that possesses an amino acid sequence which corresponds to that of an antibody produced by a human or a human cell or derived from a non-human source that utilizes human antibody repertoires or other human antibody-encoding sequences. This definition of a human antibody specifically excludes a humanized antibody comprising non-human antigen-binding residues.
  • a “human consensus framework” is a framework, which represents the most commonly occurring amino acid residues in a selection of human immunoglobulin VL or VH framework sequences.
  • the selection of human immunoglobulin VL or VH sequences is from a subgroup of variable domain sequences.
  • the subgroup of sequences is a subgroup as in Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th ed., Bethesda Md. (1991), NIH Publication 91-3242, Vols. 1-3.
  • the subgroup is subgroup kappa I as in Kabat et al., supra.
  • the subgroup is subgroup III as in Kabat et al., supra.
  • derived from denotes that an amino acid sequence is derived from a parent amino acid sequence by introducing alterations at at least one position.
  • a derived amino acid sequence differs from the corresponding parent amino acid sequence at at least one corresponding position (numbering according to Kabat EU index for antibody Fc-regions).
  • an amino acid sequence derived from a parent amino acid sequence differs by one to fifteen amino acid residues at corresponding positions.
  • an amino acid sequence derived from a parent amino acid sequence differs by one to ten amino acid residues at corresponding positions.
  • an amino acid sequence derived from a parent amino acid sequence differs by one to six amino acid residues at corresponding positions.
  • a derived amino acid sequence has a high amino acid sequence identity to its parent amino acid sequence. In one embodiment an amino acid sequence derived from a parent amino acid sequence has 80% or more amino acid sequence identity. In one embodiment an amino acid sequence derived from a parent amino acid sequence has 90% or more amino acid sequence identity. In one embodiment an amino acid sequence derived from a parent amino acid sequence has 95% or more amino acid sequence identity.
  • human Fc-region polypeptide denotes an amino acid sequence, which is identical to a “native” or “wild-type” human Fc-region polypeptide.
  • variant (human) Fc-region polypeptide denotes an amino acid sequence, which is derived from a “native” or “wild-type” human Fc-region polypeptide by virtue of at least one “amino acid alteration”.
  • a “human Fc-region” is consisting of two human Fc-region polypeptides.
  • a “variant (human) Fc-region” is consisting of two Fc-region polypeptides, whereby both can be variant (human) Fc-region polypeptides or one is a human Fc-region polypeptide and the other is a variant (human) Fc-region polypeptide.
  • the human Fc-region polypeptide has the amino acid sequence of a human IgG1 Fc-region polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 03, or of a human IgG2 Fc-region polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 04, or of a human IgG4 Fc-region polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 06 with the mutations as reported herein.
  • the variant (human) Fc-region polypeptide is derived from an Fc-region polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 03, or 04, or 06 and has at least one amino acid mutation compared to the Fc-region polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 03, or 04, or 06.
  • the variant (human) Fc-region polypeptide comprises/has from about one to about ten amino acid mutations, and in one embodiment from about one to about five amino acid mutations. In one embodiment the variant (human) Fc-region polypeptide has at least about 80% homology with a human Fc-region polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 03, or 04, or 06. In one embodiment the variant (human) Fc-region polypeptide has least about 90% homology with a human Fc-region polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 03, or 04, or 06. In one embodiment the variant (human) Fc-region polypeptide has at least about 95% homology with a human Fc-region polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 03, or 04, or 06.
  • the variant (human) Fc-region polypeptide derived from a human Fc-region polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 03, or 04, or 06 is defined by the amino acid alterations that are contained.
  • P329G denotes a variant (human) Fc-region polypeptide derived human Fc-region polypeptide with the mutation of proline to glycine at amino acid position 329 relative to the human Fc-region polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 03, or 04, or 06.
  • a human IgG1 Fc-region polypeptide has the following amino acid sequence:
  • a human IgG1 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with the mutations L234A, L235A has the following amino acid sequence:
  • a human IgG1 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with Y349C, T366S, L368A and Y407V mutations has the following amino acid sequence:
  • a human IgG1 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with S354C, T366W mutations has the following amino acid sequence:
  • a human IgG1 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with L234A, L235A mutations and Y349C, T366S, L368A, Y407V mutations has the following amino acid sequence:
  • a human IgG1 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with a L234A, L235A and S354C, T366W mutations has the following amino acid sequence:
  • a human IgG1 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with a P329G mutation has the following amino acid sequence:
  • a human IgG1 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with L234A, L235A mutations and P329G mutation has the following amino acid sequence:
  • a human IgG1 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with a P239G mutation and Y349C, T366S, L368A, Y407V mutations has the following amino acid sequence:
  • a human IgG1 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with a P329G mutation and S354C, T366W mutation has the following amino acid sequence:
  • a human IgG1 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with L234A, L235A, P329G and Y349C, T366S, L368A, Y407V mutations has the following amino acid sequence:
  • a human IgG1 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with L234A, L235A, P329G mutations and S354C, T366W mutations has the following amino acid sequence:
  • a human IgG4 Fc-region polypeptide has the following amino acid sequence:
  • a human IgG4 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with S228P and L235E mutations has the following amino acid sequence:
  • a human IgG4 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with S228P, L235E mutations and P329G mutation has the following amino acid sequence:
  • a human IgG4 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with S354C, T366W mutations has the following amino acid sequence:
  • a human IgG4 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with Y349C, T366S, L368A, Y407V mutations has the following amino acid sequence:
  • a human IgG4 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with a S228P, L235E and S354C, T366W mutations has the following amino acid sequence:
  • a human IgG4 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with a S228P, L235E and Y349C, T366S, L368A, Y407V mutations has the following amino acid sequence:
  • a human IgG4 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with a P329G mutation has the following amino acid sequence:
  • a human IgG4 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with a P239G and Y349C, T366S, L368A, Y407V mutations has the following amino acid sequence:
  • a human IgG4 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with a P329G and S354C, T366W mutations has the following amino acid sequence:
  • a human IgG4 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with a S228P, L235E, P329G and Y349C, T366S, L368A, Y407V mutations has the following amino acid sequence:
  • a human IgG4 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with a S228P, L235E, P329G and S354C, T366W mutations has the following amino acid sequence:
  • a “humanized” antibody refers to a chimeric antibody comprising amino acid residues from non-human HVRs and amino acid residues from human FRs.
  • a humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the HVRs (e.g., the CDRs) correspond to those of a non-human antibody, and all or substantially all of the FRs correspond to those of a human antibody.
  • a humanized antibody optionally may comprise at least a portion of an antibody constant region derived from a human antibody.
  • a “humanized form” of an antibody, e.g., a non-human antibody refers to an antibody that has undergone humanization.
  • hypervariable region refers to each of the regions of an antibody variable domain which are hypervariable in sequence (“complementarity determining regions” or “CDRs”) and form structurally defined loops (“hypervariable loops”), and/or contain the antigen-contacting residues (“antigen contacts”).
  • CDRs complementarity determining regions
  • hypervariable loops form structurally defined loops
  • antigen contacts antigen contacts
  • antibodies comprise six HVRs; three in the VH (H1, H2, H3), and three in the VL (L1, L2, L3).
  • HVRs as denoted herein include
  • HVR residues and other residues in the variable domain are numbered herein according to the Kabat EU index numbering system (Kabat et al., supra).
  • mammals include, but are not limited to, domesticated animals (e.g. cows, sheep, cats, dogs, and horses), primates (e.g., humans and non-human primates such as monkeys), rabbits, and rodents (e.g., mice and rats).
  • domesticated animals e.g. cows, sheep, cats, dogs, and horses
  • primates e.g., humans and non-human primates such as monkeys
  • rabbits e.g., mice and rats
  • rodents e.g., mice and rats.
  • the individual or subject is a human.
  • an “isolated” antibody is one, which has been separated from a component of its natural environment.
  • an antibody is purified to greater than 95% or 99% purity as determined by, for example, electrophoretic (e.g., SDS-PAGE, isoelectric focusing (IEF), capillary electrophoresis) or chromatographic (e.g., size exclusion chromatography, ion exchange or reverse phase HPLC).
  • electrophoretic e.g., SDS-PAGE, isoelectric focusing (IEF), capillary electrophoresis
  • chromatographic e.g., size exclusion chromatography, ion exchange or reverse phase HPLC.
  • nucleic acid refers to a nucleic acid molecule that has been separated from a component of its natural environment.
  • An isolated nucleic acid includes a nucleic acid molecule contained in cells that ordinarily contain the nucleic acid molecule, but the nucleic acid molecule is present extrachromosomally or at a chromosomal location that is different from its natural chromosomal location.
  • the term “monoclonal antibody” as used herein refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical and/or bind the same epitope, except for possible variant antibodies, e.g., containing naturally occurring mutations or arising during production of a monoclonal antibody preparation, such variants generally being present in minor amounts.
  • polyclonal antibody preparations typically include different antibodies directed against different determinants (epitopes)
  • each monoclonal antibody of a monoclonal antibody preparation is directed against a single determinant on an antigen.
  • the modifier “monoclonal” indicates the character of the antibody as being obtained from a substantially homogeneous population of antibodies, and is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method.
  • the monoclonal antibodies to be used in accordance with the present invention may be made by a variety of techniques, including but not limited to the hybridoma method, recombinant DNA methods, phage-display methods, and methods utilizing transgenic animals containing all or part of the human immunoglobulin loci, such methods and other exemplary methods for making monoclonal antibodies being described herein.
  • “Native antibodies” refer to naturally occurring immunoglobulin molecules with varying structures.
  • native IgG antibodies are heterotetrameric glycoproteins of about 150,000 Da, composed of two identical light chains and two identical heavy chains that are disulfide-bonded. From N- to C-terminus, each heavy chain has a variable region (VH), also called a variable heavy domain or a heavy chain variable domain, followed by three constant domains (CH1, CH2, and CH3). Similarly, from N- to C-terminus, each light chain has a variable region (VL), also called a variable light domain or a light chain variable domain, followed by a constant light (CL) domain.
  • VH variable region
  • VL variable region
  • the light chain of an antibody may be assigned to one of two types, called kappa ( ⁇ ) and lambda ( ⁇ ), based on the amino acid sequence of its constant domain.
  • package insert is used to refer to instructions customarily included in commercial packages of therapeutic products, that contain information about the indications, usage, dosage, administration, combination therapy, contraindications and/or warnings concerning the use of such therapeutic products.
  • Percent (%) amino acid sequence identity with respect to a reference polypeptide sequence is defined as the percentage of amino acid residues in a candidate sequence that are identical with the amino acid residues in the reference polypeptide sequence, after aligning the sequences and introducing gaps, if necessary, to achieve the maximum percent sequence identity, and not considering any conservative substitutions as part of the sequence identity. Alignment for purposes of determining percent amino acid sequence identity can be achieved in various ways that are within the skill in the art, for instance, using publicly available computer software such as BLAST, BLAST-2, ALIGN or Megalign (DNASTAR) software. Those skilled in the art can determine appropriate parameters for aligning sequences, including any algorithms needed to achieve maximal alignment over the full length of the sequences being compared.
  • % amino acid sequence identity values are generated using the sequence comparison computer program ALIGN-2.
  • the ALIGN-2 sequence comparison computer program was authored by Genentech, Inc., and the source code has been filed with user documentation in the U.S. Copyright Office, Washington D.C., 20559, where it is registered under U.S. Copyright Registration No. TXU510087.
  • the ALIGN-2 program is publicly available from Genentech, Inc., South San Francisco, Calif., or may be compiled from the source code.
  • the ALIGN-2 program should be compiled for use on a UNIX operating system, including digital UNIX V4.0D. All sequence comparison parameters are set by the ALIGN-2 program and do not vary.
  • % amino acid sequence identity of a given amino acid sequence A to, with, or against a given amino acid sequence B is calculated as follows:
  • pharmaceutical formulation refers to a preparation which is in such form as to permit the biological activity of an active ingredient contained therein to be effective, and which contains no additional components which are unacceptably toxic to a subject to which the formulation would be administered.
  • a “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” refers to an ingredient in a pharmaceutical formulation, other than an active ingredient, which is nontoxic to a subject.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier includes, but is not limited to, a buffer, excipient, stabilizer, or preservative.
  • peptidic linker denotes a peptide with amino acid sequences, which is in one embodiment of synthetic origin.
  • the peptidic linker is in one embodiment a peptide with an amino acid sequence with a length of at least 30 amino acids, in one embodiment with a length of 32 to 50 amino acids. In one embodiment the peptidic linker is a peptide with an amino acid sequence with a length of 32 to 40 amino acids.
  • the peptidic linker is (G 4 S) 6 G 2 .
  • recombinant antibody denotes all antibodies (chimeric, humanized and human) that are prepared, expressed, created or isolated by recombinant means. This includes antibodies isolated from a host cell such as a NS0 or CHO cell, or from an animal (e.g. a mouse) that is transgenic for human immunoglobulin genes, or antibodies expressed using a recombinant expression vector transfected into a host cell. Such recombinant antibodies have variable and constant regions in a rearranged form. The recombinant antibodies can be subjected to in vivo somatic hypermutation. Thus, the amino acid sequences of the VH and VL regions of the recombinant antibodies are sequences that, while derived from and related to human germ line VH and VL sequences, may not naturally exist within the human antibody germ line repertoire in vivo.
  • treatment refers to clinical intervention in an attempt to alter the natural course of the individual being treated, and can be performed either for prophylaxis or during the course of clinical pathology. Desirable effects of treatment include, but are not limited to, preventing occurrence or recurrence of disease, alleviation of symptoms, diminishment of any direct or indirect pathological consequences of the disease, preventing metastasis, decreasing the rate of disease progression, amelioration or palliation of the disease state, and remission or improved prognosis.
  • antibodies or Fc-region fusion polypeptides as reported herein are used to delay development of a disease or to slow the progression of a disease.
  • bivalent as used within the current application denotes the presence of a specified number of binding sites in a (antibody) molecule.
  • bivalent tetravalent
  • hexavalent denote the presence of two binding site, four binding sites, and six binding sites, respectively, in a (antibody) molecule.
  • the bispecific antibodies as reported herein are in one preferred embodiment “bivalent”.
  • variable region or “variable domain” refer to the domain of an antibody heavy or light chain that is involved in binding of the antibody to its antigen.
  • the variable domains of the heavy chain and light chain (VH and VL, respectively) of an antibody generally have similar structures, with each domain comprising four framework regions (FRs) and three hypervariable regions (HVRs) (see, e.g., Kindt, T. J. et al. Kuby Immunology, 6th ed., W.H. Freeman and Co., N.Y. (2007), page 91).
  • a single VH or VL domain may be sufficient to confer antigen-binding specificity.
  • antibodies that bind a particular antigen may be isolated using a VH or
  • VL domain from an antibody that binds the antigen to screen a library of complementary VL or VH domains, respectively (see, e.g., Portolano, S. et al., J. Immunol. 150 (1993) 880-887; Clackson, T. et al., Nature 352 (1991) 624-628).
  • ocular vascular disease includes, but is not limited to intraocular neovascular syndromes such as diabetic retinopathy, diabetic macular edema, retinopathy of prematurity, neovascular glaucoma, retinal vein occlusions, central retinal vein occlusions, macular degeneration, age-related macular degeneration, retinitis pigmentosa, retinal angiomatous proliferation, macular telangectasia, ischemic retinopathy, iris neovascularization, intraocular neovascularization, comeal neovascularization, retinal neovascularization, choroidal neovascularization, and retinal degeneration (see e.g.
  • Garner, A. Vascular diseases, In: Pathobiology of ocular disease, A dynamic approach, Garner, A., and Klintworth, G. K., (eds.), 2nd edition, Marcel Dekker, New York (1994), pp. 1625-1710).
  • vector refers to a nucleic acid molecule capable of propagating another nucleic acid to which it is linked.
  • the term includes the vector as a self-replicating nucleic acid structure as well as the vector incorporated into the genome of a host cell into which it has been introduced.
  • Certain vectors are capable of directing the expression of nucleic acids to which they are operatively linked. Such vectors are referred to herein as “expression vectors”.
  • the term “with (the) mutation IHH-AAA” as used herein refers to the combination of the mutations I253A (Ile253A1a), H310A (His310A1a), and H435A (His435A1a) and the term “with (the) mutation HHY-AAA” as used herein refers to the combination of the mutations H310A (His310A1a), H433A (His433A1a), and Y436A (Tyr436A1a) and the term “with (the) mutation YTE” as used herein refers to the combination of mutations M252Y (Met252Tyr), S254T (Ser254Thr), and T256E (Thr256Glu) in the constant heavy chain region of IgG1 or IgG4 subclass, wherein the numbering is according to the Kabat EU index numbering system.
  • the term “with (the) mutations P329G LALA” as used herein refers to the combination of the mutations L234A (Leu235A1a), L235A (Leu234A1a) and P329G (Pro329Gly) in the constant heavy chain region of IgG1 subclass, wherein the numbering is according to the Kabat EU index numbering system.
  • the term “with (the) mutation SPLE” as used herein refers to the combination of the mutations S228P (Ser228Pro) and L235E (Leu235Glu) in the constant heavy chain region of IgG4 subclass, wherein the numbering is according to the Kabat EU index numbering system.
  • the term “with (the) mutation SPLE and P329G” as used herein refers to the combination of the mutations S228P (Ser228Pro), L235E (Leu235Glu) and P329G (Pro329Gly) in the constant heavy chain region of IgG4 subclass, wherein the numbering is according to the Kabat EU index numbering system.
  • the invention is based, in part, on the finding that variant Fc-regions that specifically bind to Staphylococcus protein A and that do or do not bind to human FcRn when used in the hole-chain of a heterodimeric Fc-region allow for the purification of the heterodimeric Fc-region.
  • variant Fc-regions contain specific amino acid mutations in the CH2-domain whereas the CH3-domain is not changed with respect to protein A binding. It has been found that these mutations when used in the hole-chain of a heterodimeric Fc-region allow for the purification of the heterodimeric Fc-region, i.e. the separation of the heterodimeric Fc-region from the homodimeric Fc-region by-product (hole-chain-hole-chain dimer).
  • FcRn knob hole binding FcRn binding Pro238 P238A increase Thr250 T250Q/M428L increase Leu251 main-chain contact Met252 hydrophobic M252W increase; packing M252Y increase; M252Y/T256Q increase; M252F/T256D increase; M252Y/S254T/T256E increase Ile253 main-chain interaction I253A reduction contact; hydrogen bonding; significant binding reduction if mutated to Ala Ser254 polar S254A reduction; interaction; M252Y/S254T/T256E hydrogen increase bonding Arg255 salt-bridge R255A reduction Thr256 T256A increase; T256Q increase; T256P increase; M252Y/T256Q reduction; M252F/T256D reduction; M252Y/S254T/T256E increase Pro257 P257I/Q311I increase; P257I/N434H increase Glu
  • the combination of mutations as reported herein does alter or does substantially alter the serum half-life of the heterodimeric polypeptide as compared with a corresponding heterodimeric polypeptide that lacks this combination of mutations.
  • the combination of mutations further does not alter or does not substantially alter the serum half-life of the heterodimeric polypeptide as compared with a corresponding heterodimeric polypeptide that lacks this combination of mutations.
  • the neonatal Fc-receptor (FcRn) is important for the metabolic fate of antibodies of the IgG class in vivo.
  • the FcRn functions to salvage wild-type IgG from the lysosomal degradation pathway, resulting in reduced clearance and increased half-life. It is a heterodimeric protein consisting of two polypeptides: a 50 kDa class I major histocompatibility complex-like protein ( ⁇ -FcRn) and a 15 kDa ⁇ 2-microglobulin ( ⁇ 2m).
  • ⁇ -FcRn major histocompatibility complex-like protein
  • ⁇ 2m microglobulin
  • the interaction between an antibody of the IgG class and the FcRn is pH dependent and occurs in a 1:2 stoichiometry, i.e. one IgG antibody molecule can interact with two FcRn molecules via its two heavy chain Fc-region polypeptides (see e.g. Huber, A. H., et al., J. Mol. Biol. 230 (1993) 1077-1083).
  • an IgGs in vitro FcRn binding properties/characteristics are indicative of its in vivo pharmacokinetic properties in the blood circulation.
  • the amino acid residues interacting with the FcRn are located approximately between EU position 243 and EU position 261, approximately between EU position 275 and EU position 293, approximately between EU position 302 and EU position 319, approximately between EU position 336 and EU position 348, approximately between EU position 367 and EU position 393, at EU position 408, and approximately between EU position 424 and EU position 440.
  • antibodies with reduced half-life in the blood circulation are desired.
  • drugs for intravitreal application should have a long half-live in the eye and a short half-life in the blood circulation of the patient.
  • Such antibodies also have the advantage of increased exposure to a disease site, e.g. in the eye.
  • Fc-region residues critical to the mouse Fc-region—mouse FcRn interaction have been identified by site-directed mutagenesis (see e.g. Dall'Acqua, W. F., et al. J. Immunol 169 (2002) 5171-5180).
  • Residues 1253, H310, H433, N434, and H435 are involved in the interaction (Medesan, C., et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 26 (1996) 2533-2536; Firan, M., et al., Int. Immunol.
  • Residues 1253, H310, and H435 were found to be critical for the interaction of human Fc with murine FcRn (Kim, J. K., et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 29 (1999) 2819-2855).
  • Residues M252Y, S254T, T256E have been described by Dall'Acqua et al. to improve FcRn binding by protein-protein interaction studies (Dall'Acqua, W. F., et al. J. Biol. Chem. 281 (2006) 23514-23524).
  • the single mutation H310A is the most silent symmetrical mutation to delete any FcRn-binding.
  • the symmetric single mutation I253A and H435A result in a relative shift of retention time of 0.3 to 0.4 min. This can be generally regarded as a non-detectable binding.
  • the single mutation Y436A results in detectable interaction strength to the FcRn affinity column. Without being bound by this theory this mutation could have an effect on FcRn mediated in vivo half-life, which can be differentiated from a zero interaction such as the combination of the I253A, H310A and H435A mutations (IHH-AAA mutation).
  • Ocular vascular diseases are any pathological condition characterized by altered or unregulated proliferation and invasion of new blood vessels into the structures of ocular tissues such as the retina or cornea.
  • the ocular vascular disease is selected from the group consisting of wet age-related macular degeneration (wet AMD), dry age-related macular degeneration (dry AMD), diabetic macular edema (DME), cystoid macular edema (CME), non-proliferative diabetic retinopathy (NPDR), proliferative diabetic retinopathy (PDR), cystoid macular edema, vasculitis (e.g.
  • central retinal vein occlusion central retinal vein occlusion
  • papilloedema retinitis, conjunctivitis, uveitis, choroiditis, multifocal choroiditis, ocular histoplasmosis, blepharitis, dry eye (Sjogren's disease) and other ophthalmic diseases wherein the eye disease or disorder is associated with ocular neovascularization, vascular leakage, and/or retinal edema.
  • the antibody comprising the heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein is useful in the prevention and treatment of wet AMD, dry AMD, CME, DME, NPDR, PDR, blepharitis, dry eye and uveitis, in one preferred embodiment wet AMD, dry AMD, blepharitis, and dry eye, also in one preferred embodiment CME, DME, NPDR and PDR, also in one preferred embodiment blepharitis, and dry eye, in particular wet AMD and dry AMD, and also particularly wet AMD.
  • the ocular vascular disease is selected from the group consisting of wet age-related macular degeneration (wet AMD), macular edema, retinal vein occlusions, retinopathy of prematurity, and diabetic retinopathy.
  • wet AMD wet age-related macular degeneration
  • macular edema macular edema
  • retinal vein occlusions retinal vein occlusions
  • retinopathy of prematurity retinopathy of prematurity
  • diabetic retinopathy diabetic retinopathy
  • corneal neovascularization include, but are not limited to, epidemic keratoconjunctivitis, Vitamin A deficiency, contact lens overwear, atopic keratitis, superior limbic keratitis, pterygium keratitis sicca, Sjogren's disease, acne rosacea, phylectenulosis, syphilis, Mycobacteria infections, lipid degeneration, chemical burns, bacterial ulcers, fungal ulcers, Herpes simplex infections, Herpes zoster infections, protozoan infections, Kaposi sarcoma, Mooren ulcer, Terrien's marginal degeneration, mariginal keratolysis, rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus, polyarteritis, trauma, Wegener's sarcoidosis, Scleritis, Steven's Johnson disease, periphigoid radial keratotomy, and corneal graph rejection.
  • Diseases associated with retinal/choroidal neovascularization include, but are not limited to, diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration, sickle cell anemia, sarcoid, syphilis, pseudoxanthoma elasticum, Paget's disease, vein occlusion, artery occlusion, carotid obstructive disease, chronic uveitis/vitritis, mycobacterial infections, Lyme's disease, systemic lupus erythematosis, retinopathy of prematurity, retinitis pigmentosa, retina edema (including macular edema), Eale's disease, Bechet's disease, infections causing a retinitis or choroiditis, presumed ocular histoplasmosis, Best's disease, myopia, optic pits, Stargart's disease, pars planitis, chronic retinal detachment, hyperviscosity syndromes, toxoplasmosis,
  • diseases include, but are not limited to, diseases associated with rubeosis (neovascularization of the angle) and diseases caused by the abnormal proliferation of fibrovascular or fibrous tissue including all forms of proliferative vitreoretinopathy.
  • ROP Retinopathy of prematurity
  • Macular degeneration is a medical condition predominantly found in elderly adults in which the center of the inner lining of the eye, known as the macula area of the retina, suffers thinning, atrophy, and in some cases, bleeding. This can result in loss of central vision, which entails inability to see fine details, to read, or to recognize faces. According to the American Academy of Ophthalmology, it is the leading cause of central vision loss (blindness) in the United States today for those over the age of fifty years. Although some macular dystrophies that affect younger individuals are sometimes referred to as macular degeneration, the term generally refers to age-related macular degeneration (AMD or ARMD).
  • AMD age-related macular degeneration
  • Age-related macular degeneration begins with characteristic yellow deposits in the macula (central area of the retina which provides detailed central vision, called fovea) called drusen between the retinal pigment epithelium and the underlying choroid. Most people with these early changes (referred to as age-related maculopathy) have good vision. People with drusen can go on to develop advanced AMD. The risk is considerably higher when the drusen are large and numerous and associated with disturbance in the pigmented cell layer under the macula. Large and soft drusen are related to elevated cholesterol deposits and may respond to cholesterol lowering agents or the Rheo Procedure.
  • Advanced AMD which is responsible for profound vision loss, has two forms: dry and wet.
  • vitamin supplements with high doses of antioxidants, lutein and zeaxanthin have been demonstrated by the National Eye Institute and others to slow the progression of dry macular degeneration and in some patients, improve visual acuity.
  • Retinitis pigmentosa is a group of genetic eye conditions. In the progression of symptoms for RP, night blindness generally precedes tunnel vision by years or even decades. Many people with RP do not become legally blind until their 40s or 50s and retain some sight all their life. Others go completely blind from RP, in some cases as early as childhood. Progression of RP is different in each case. RP is a type of hereditary retinal dystrophy, a group of inherited disorders in which abnormalities of the photoreceptors (rods and cones) or the retinal pigment epithelium (RPE) of the retina lead to progressive visual loss. Affected individuals first experience defective dark adaptation or nyctalopia (night blindness), followed by reduction of the peripheral visual field (known as tunnel vision) and, sometimes, loss of central vision late in the course of the disease.
  • Macular edema occurs when fluid and protein deposits collect on or under the macula of the eye, a yellow central area of the retina, causing it to thicken and swell. The swelling may distort a person's central vision, as the macula is near the center of the retina at the back of the eyeball. This area holds tightly packed cones that provide sharp, clear central vision to enable a person to see form, color, and detail that is directly in the line of sight. Cystoid macular edema is a type of macular edema that includes cyst formation.
  • one mutation one-sided in one Fc-region polypeptide is sufficient to influence the binding significantly.
  • the more mutations are introduced into the Fc-region the more the binding to Staphylococcal protein A and/or the FcRn is changed, i.e. weakened or strengthened.
  • the amino acid positions L251, 1253, H310, L314 in the CH2 domain are interacting with protein A and the human neonatal Fc receptor (FcRn).
  • the CH2 domain comprises the mutations i) I253A or I253G, and ii) L314A or L314G or L314D.
  • the hole-hole mispairing by-product can no longer bind protein A and FcRn (no interaction possible with both heavy chains). Thereby the hole-hole mispairing by-product will not bind to a protein A and/or FcRn affinity chromatography column. Thus, the hole-hole mispairing by-product will at least elute earlier, i.e. in a separated detached peak, or will be not bind at all and can be found in the flow-through of the protein A or FcRn affinity column.
  • the surrounding amino acids can be improved by introducing to the hole side a T250Q and/or a T256E and/or a T307H mutation, either alone or in a single, double or triple combination.
  • L251 A, G, D L I253 A, G I H310 A, G H L314 A, G, D L resulting in a decrease in protein A binding with compensation of FcRn binding on the hole side in the final bispecific molecule; can be used single or in combination T250 Q T M252 Y M S254 T S T256 E, A T T307 A, H, Q, P T Q311 H Q resulting in a decrease in protein A binding with compensation of FcRn binding on the knob side in the final bispecific molecule; can be used single or in combination T250 T Q M252 M Y S254 S T T256 T E, A T307 T A, H, Q, P Q311 Q H
  • the first polypeptide (hole-chain) comprises the mutations
  • the first polypeptide (hole-chain) comprises the mutations
  • the first polypeptide (hole-chain) comprises the mutation
  • the second polypeptide comprises the mutation
  • the immunoglobulin hinge region, the immunoglobulin CH2-domain and the immunoglobulin CH3-domain of the first and the second polypeptide are of the human IgG1 subclass.
  • the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide each further comprise the mutations L234A and L235A.
  • the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide each further comprise the mutation P329G.
  • the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide each further comprise the mutations L234A, L235A and P329G.
  • the immunoglobulin hinge region, the immunoglobulin CH2-domain and the immunoglobulin CH3-domain of the first and the second polypeptide are of the human IgG4 subclass.
  • the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide each further comprise the mutations S228P and L235E.
  • the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide each further comprise the mutation P329G.
  • the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide each further comprise the mutations S228P, L235E and P329G.
  • heterodimeric polypeptide is an Fc-region fusion polypeptide.
  • heterodimeric polypeptide is a full-length antibody. In one embodiment the
  • the full length antibody is a monospecific antibody. In one embodiment the monospecific antibody is a monovalent monospecific antibody. In one embodiment the monospecific antibody is a bivalent monospecific antibody.
  • the full length antibody is a bispecific antibody.
  • the bispecific antibody is a bivalent bispecific antibody.
  • the bispecific antibody is a tetravalent bispecific antibody.
  • the full length antibody is a trispecific antibody.
  • the trispecific antibody is a trivalent trispecific antibody.
  • the trispecific antibody is a tetravalent trispecific antibody.
  • One aspect as reported herein is an antibody comprising the heterodimeric polypeptide (variant human IgG class Fc-region) as reported herein.
  • the Fc-region (heterodimeric polypeptide) as reported herein when contained in a full length antibody confers the above described characteristics to the molecule.
  • Antibodies e.g. full-length antibodies or CrossMabs, can comprise a variant (human) human IgG class Fc-region as reported herein.
  • the heterodimeric polypeptides have due to the mutations the properties of not binding to Staphylococcal protein A in one chain (the hole-chain) and of binding to Staphylococcal protein A in the other chain (the knob-chain).
  • these antibodies can be purified, i.e. separated from unwanted hole-chain dimeric by-products by using conventional protein A affinity materials, such as MabSelectSure. It is not required to use highly sophisticated but species limited affinity materials, such as e.g. KappaSelect, which is only useable with antibodies comprising a light chain of the kappa subclass. Additionally it is not required to adopt the purification method if a modification/exchange of the light chain subclass is made.
  • One aspect as reported herein is a method for producing a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein comprising the following steps:
  • One aspect as reported herein is the use of the combination of mutations i) I253A or I253G, and ii) L314A or L314G or L314D for separating heterodimeric polypeptides from homodimeric polypeptides.
  • bispecific antibody providing ease of isolation/purification comprising immunoglobulin heavy chain Fc-regions that are differentially modified, wherein at least one of the modifications results in i) a differential affinity of the bispecific antibody for protein A, and the heterodimeric bispecific antibody is isolable from a disrupted cell, from medium, or from a mixture of antibodies based on its affinity for protein A.
  • the bispecific antibody elutes at a pH value above pH 4.0.
  • the bispecific antibody is isolated using a protein A affinity chromatography and a pH gradient or pH step, wherein the pH gradient or pH step includes the addition of a salt.
  • the salt is present at a concentration of about 0.5 molar to about 1 molar.
  • the salt is selected from the group consisting of lithium, sodium, and potassium salts of acetate; sodium and potassium bicarbonates; lithium, sodium, and potassium carbonates; lithium, sodium, potassium, and magnesium chlorides; sodium and potassium fluorides; sodium, potassium, and calcium nitrates; sodium and potassium phosphates; and calcium and magnesium sulfates.
  • the salt is a halide salt of an alkaline metal or alkaline earth metal. In one preferred embodiment the salt is sodium chloride.
  • the dimeric polypeptide comprises a first polypeptide that is modified as reported herein and a second polypeptide that is not modified regarding protein A or FcRn binding, so as to form a heterodimeric polypeptide, wherein the differential modification results in the dimeric polypeptide eluting from a protein A affinity material at 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1.0, 1.2, 1.3, or 1.4 pH unit(s) higher than a corresponding dimeric polypeptide that lacks the differential modification.
  • the differentially modified dimeric polypeptide elutes at a pH of 4 or higher, whereas the unmodified dimeric polypeptide elutes at a pH of 3.5 or lower.
  • the differentially modified dimeric polypeptide elutes at a pH of about 4, whereas the unmodified dimeric polypeptide elutes at a pH of about 2.8-3.5, 2.8-3.2, or 2.8-3.
  • “unmodified” refers to lack of the modification i) I253A and I253G, and ii) L314A and L314G and L314D (Kabat EU index numbering system) in both of the polypeptides.
  • 0.5 molar to 1 molar salt e.g. NaCl
  • the addition of salt to the elution solution increasing the pH value can broaden the pH range for elution such that e.g. a pH step gradient could successfully separate the two species.
  • a method for separating a bispecific antibody comprising a heterodimeric IgG Fc-region with one chain comprising mutations as reported herein comprises a step of employing a pH gradient in the presence of a salt.
  • the salt is present at a concentration sufficient to maximize the pH difference between elution from a protein A chromatography material of an IgG Fc-region homodimer and an IgG Fc-region heterodimer.
  • the salt is present at a concentration of about 0.5 molar to about 1 molar.
  • the salt is a salt of an alkaline metal or an alkaline earth metal and a halogen.
  • the salt is a chloride salt of an alkaline metal or an alkaline earth metal, such as e.g. NaCl, KCl, LiCl, CaCl 2 , or MgCl 2 .
  • the pH gradient is from about pH 4 to about pH 5.
  • the gradient is a linear gradient.
  • the pH gradient is a step gradient.
  • the method comprises applying to an equilibrated protein A affinity column a solution of about pH 4.
  • the bispecific antibody comprising the heterodimeric IgG Fc-region with respect to the modifications as reported herein elutes from the protein A affinity chromatography material in one or more fractions substantially free of non-heterodimeric bispecific antibody.
  • heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein is produced by recombinant means.
  • one aspect of the current invention is a nucleic acid encoding the heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein and a further aspect is a cell comprising the nucleic acid encoding the heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein.
  • Methods for recombinant production are widely known in the state of the art and comprise protein expression in prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells with subsequent isolation of the heterodimeric polypeptide and usually purification to a pharmaceutically acceptable purity.
  • nucleic acids encoding the respective first and second polypeptides are inserted into expression vectors by standard methods. Expression is performed in appropriate prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cells like CHO cells, NS0 cells, SP2/0 cells, HEK293 cells, COS cells, PER.C6 cells, yeast, or E. coli cells, and the heterodimeric polypeptide is recovered from the cells (cultivation supernatant or cells after lysis).
  • one aspect as reported herein is a method for the production of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein, comprising the steps of
  • the recovering step under c) includes the use of an immunoglobulin Fc-region specific capture reagent.
  • this Fc-region specific capture reagent is used in a bind-and-elute-mode. Examples of such
  • Fc-region specific capture reagents are e.g. Staphylococcus protein A-based affinity chromatography columns, which are based on a highly rigid agarose base matrix that allows high flow rates and low back pressure at large scale. They feature a ligand that binds to the heterodimeric polypeptide, i.e. its Fc-region.
  • the ligands are attached to the matrix via a long hydrophilic spacer arm to make it easily available for binding to the target molecule.
  • heterodimeric polypeptides as reported herein are suitably separated from the culture medium by conventional immunoglobulin purification procedures such as, for example, protein A-Sepharose, hydroxylapatite chromatography, gel electrophoresis, dialysis, or affinity chromatography.
  • DNA and RNA encoding the monoclonal antibodies are readily isolated and sequenced using conventional procedures. Once isolated, the DNA may be inserted into expression vectors, which are then transfected into host cells such as HEK 293 cells, CHO cells, or myeloma cells that do not otherwise produce heterodimeric polypeptides, to obtain the synthesis of recombinant monoclonal heterodimeric polypeptides in the host cells.
  • host cells such as HEK 293 cells, CHO cells, or myeloma cells that do not otherwise produce heterodimeric polypeptides
  • Purification of antibodies is performed in order to eliminate cellular components or other contaminants, e.g. other cellular nucleic acids or proteins, by standard techniques, including alkaline/SDS treatment, CsCl banding, column chromatography, agarose gel electrophoresis, and others well known in the art (see Ausubel, F., et al., ed. Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Greene Publishing and Wiley Interscience, New York (1987)).
  • Different methods are well established and widespread used for protein purification, such as affinity chromatography with microbial proteins (e.g. protein A or protein G affinity chromatography), ion exchange chromatography (e.g.
  • cation exchange (carboxymethyl resins), anion exchange (amino ethyl resins) and mixed-mode exchange), thiophilic adsorption (e.g. with beta-mercaptoethanol and other SH ligands), hydrophobic interaction or aromatic adsorption chromatography (e.g. with phenyl-Sepharose, aza-arenophilic resins, or m-aminophenylboronic acid), metal chelate affinity chromatography (e.g. with Ni(II)- and Cu(II)-affinity material), size exclusion chromatography, and electrophoretical methods (such as gel electrophoresis, capillary electrophoresis) (Vijayalakshmi, M. A., Appl. Biochem. Biotech. 75 (1998) 93-102).
  • One aspect of the invention is a pharmaceutical formulation comprising a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein.
  • Another aspect of the invention is the use of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical formulation.
  • a further aspect of the invention is a method for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical formulation comprising a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein.
  • the present invention provides a formulation, e.g. a pharmaceutical formulation, containing a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein, formulated together with a pharmaceutical carrier.
  • a formulation as reported herein can be administered by a variety of methods known in the art.
  • the route and/or mode of administration will vary depending upon the desired results.
  • the compound may be administered to a subject in an appropriate carrier, for example, liposomes, or a diluent.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable diluents include saline and aqueous buffer solutions.
  • Pharmaceutical carriers include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is known in the art.
  • the application is intraocular and includes, but it's not limited to subconjunctival injection, intracanieral injection, injection into the anterior chamber via the termporai limbus, intrastromal injection, intracorneal injection, subretinal injection, aqueous humor injection, subtenon injection or sustained delivery device, intravitreal injection (e.g., front, mid or back vitreal injection).
  • the application is topical and includes, but it's not limited to eye drops to the cornea.
  • the heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein or the pharmaceutical formulation as reported herein is administered via intravitreal application, e.g. via intravitreal injection.
  • intravitreal application e.g. via intravitreal injection.
  • This can be performed in accordance with standard procedures known in the art. See, e.g., Ritter et al., J. Clin. Invest. 116 (2006) 3266-3276; Russelakis-Cameiro et al., Neuropathol. Appl. Neurobiol. 25 (1999) 196-206; and Wray et al., Arch. Neurol. 33 (1976) 183-185.
  • therapeutic kits of the invention can contain one or more doses of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein present in a pharmaceutical formulation as described herein, a suitable device for intravitreal injection of the pharmaceutical formulation, and an instruction detailing suitable subjects and protocols for carrying out the injection.
  • the formulations are typically administered to the subject in need of treatment via intravitreal injection. This can be performed in accordance with standard procedures known in the art (see, e.g., Ritter et al., J. Clin. Invest. 116 (2006) 3266-3276; Russelakis-Cameiro et al., Neuropathol. Appl. Neurobiol. 25 (1999) 196-206; and Wray et al., Arch. Neurol. 33 (1976) 183-185).
  • the formulation may also contain adjuvants such as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents and dispersing agents. Prevention of presence of microorganisms may be ensured both by sterilization procedures, supra, and by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents, such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the like into the formulations. In addition, prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form may be brought about by the inclusion of agents, which delay absorption, such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
  • adjuvants such as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents and dispersing agents. Prevention of presence of microorganisms may be ensured both by sterilization procedures, supra, and by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, and the like. It may also
  • the compounds as reported herein which may be used in a suitable hydrated form, and/or the pharmaceutical formulations as reported herein, are formulated into pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms by conventional methods known to those of skill in the art.
  • Actual dosage levels of the active ingredients in the pharmaceutical formulation as reported herein may be varied so as to obtain an amount of the active ingredient which is effective to achieve the desired therapeutic response for a particular patient, composition, and mode of administration, without being toxic to the patient.
  • the selected dosage level will depend upon a variety of pharmacokinetic factors including the activity of the particular compositions of the present invention employed, the route of administration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion of the particular compound being employed, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds and/or materials used in combination with the particular compositions employed, the age, sex, weight, condition, general health and prior medical history of the patient being treated, and like factors well known in the medical arts.
  • the formulation must be sterile and fluid to the extent that the formulation is deliverable by syringe.
  • the carrier in one preferred embodiment is an isotonic buffered saline solution.
  • Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by use of coating such as lecithin, by maintenance of required particle size in the case of dispersion and by use of surfactants.
  • isotonic agents for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as mannitol or sorbitol, and sodium chloride in the composition.
  • the formulation can comprise an ophthalmic depot formulation comprising an active agent for subconjunctival administration.
  • the ophthalmic depot formulation comprises microparticles of essentially pure active agent, e.g., a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein.
  • the microparticles comprising a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein can be embedded in a biocompatible pharmaceutically acceptable polymer or a lipid-encapsulating agent.
  • the depot formulations may be adapted to release all of substantially all the active material over an extended period of time.
  • the polymer or lipid matrix if present, may be adapted to degrade sufficiently to be transported from the site of administration after release of all or substantially all the active agent.
  • the depot formulation can be liquid formulation, comprising a pharmaceutical acceptable polymer and a dissolved or dispersed active agent. Upon injection, the polymer forms a depot at the injections site, e.g. by gelifying or precipitating.
  • Another aspect of the invention is a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for use in the treatment of ocular vascular diseases.
  • One embodiment of the invention is a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for use in the treatment of ocular vascular diseases.
  • Another aspect of the invention is the pharmaceutical formulation for use in the treatment of ocular vascular diseases.
  • Another aspect of the invention is the use of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of ocular vascular disease.
  • Another aspect of the invention is method of treatment of patient suffering from ocular vascular diseases by administering a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein to a patient in the need of such treatment.
  • a heterodimeric polypeptide according to any of the above embodiments may incorporate any of the features, singly or in combination, as described in Sections 1-6 below:
  • Kd is measured using a BIACORE® surface plasmon resonance assay.
  • a BIACORE®-2000 or a BIACORE®-3000 GE Healthcare Inc., Piscataway, N.J.
  • an assay using a BIACORE®-2000 or a BIACORE®-3000 is performed at 25° C. with immobilized binding partner CM5 chips at ⁇ 10 response units (RU).
  • CM5 chips carboxymethylated dextran biosensor chips
  • EDC N-ethyl-N′-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide hydrochloride
  • NHS N-hydroxysuccinimide
  • Binding partner is diluted with 10 mM sodium acetate, pH 4.8, to 5 ⁇ g/mL ( ⁇ 0.2 ⁇ M) before injection at a flow rate of 5 ⁇ l/minute to achieve approximately 10 response units (RU) of coupled binding partner. Following the injection of the binding partner, 1 M ethanolamine is injected to block non-reacted groups. For kinetics measurements, two-fold serial dilutions of the dimeric polypeptide containing fusion polypeptide or antibody (0.78 nM to 500 nM) are injected in PBS with 0.05% polysorbate 20 (TWEEN-20TM) surfactant (PBST) at 25° C. at a flow rate of approximately 25 ⁇ L/min.
  • TWEEN-20TM polysorbate 20
  • association rates (k on ) and dissociation rates (k off ) are calculated using a simple one-to-one Langmuir binding model (BIACORE® Evaluation Software version 3.2) by simultaneously fitting the association and dissociation sensorgrams.
  • the equilibrium dissociation constant (Kd) is calculated as the ratio k off /k on (see, e.g., Chen, Y. et al., J. Mol. Biol. 293 (1999) 865-881).
  • a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein is comprised in a chimeric antibody.
  • Certain chimeric antibodies are described, e.g., in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; and Morrison, S. L., et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81 (1984) 6851-6855).
  • a chimeric antibody comprises a non-human variable region (e.g., a variable region derived from a mouse, rat, hamster, rabbit, or non-human primate, such as a monkey) and a human constant region.
  • a chimeric antibody is a “class switched” antibody in which the class or subclass has been changed from that of the parent antibody. Chimeric antibodies include antigen-binding fragments thereof.
  • a chimeric antibody is a humanized antibody.
  • a non-human antibody is humanized to reduce immunogenicity to humans, while retaining the specificity and affinity of the parental non-human antibody.
  • a humanized antibody comprises one or more variable domains in which HVRs, e.g., CDRs, (or portions thereof) are derived from a non-human antibody, and FRs (or portions thereof) are derived from human antibody sequences.
  • HVRs e.g., CDRs, (or portions thereof) are derived from a non-human antibody
  • FRs or portions thereof
  • a humanized antibody optionally will also comprise at least a portion of a human constant region.
  • some FR residues in a humanized antibody are substituted with corresponding residues from a non-human antibody (e.g., the antibody from which the HVR residues are derived), e.g., to restore or improve antibody specificity or affinity.
  • a non-human antibody e.g., the antibody from which the HVR residues are derived
  • Human framework regions that may be used for humanization include but are not limited to: framework regions selected using the “best-fit” method (see, e.g., Sims, M. J., et al., J. Immunol. 151 (1993) 2296-2308; framework regions derived from the consensus sequence of human antibodies of a particular subgroup of light or heavy chain variable regions (see, e.g., Carter, P., et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89 (1992) 4285-4289; and Presta, L. G., et al., J. Immunol.
  • a dimeric polypeptide as reported herein is derived from a human antibody.
  • Human antibodies can be produced using various techniques known in the art. Human antibodies are described generally in van Dijk, M. A. and van de Winkel, J. G., Curr. Opin. Pharmacol. 5 (2001) 368-374 and Lonberg, N., Curr. Opin. Immunol. 20 (2008) 450-459.
  • Human antibodies may be prepared by administering an immunogen to a transgenic animal that has been modified to produce intact human antibodies or intact antibodies with human variable regions in response to antigenic challenge.
  • Such animals typically contain all or a portion of the human immunoglobulin loci, which replace the endogenous immunoglobulin loci, or which are present extrachromosomally or integrated randomly into the animal's chromosomes.
  • the endogenous immunoglobulin loci have generally been inactivated.
  • Human antibodies can also be made by hybridoma-based methods. Human myeloma and mouse-human heteromyeloma cell lines for the production of human monoclonal antibodies have been described. (See, e.g., Kozbor, D., J. Immuno1.133 (1984) 3001-3005; Brodeur, B. R., et al., Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and Applications, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York (1987), pp. 51-63; and Boemer, P., et al., J. Immunol. 147 (1991) 86-95). Human antibodies generated via human B-cell hybridoma technology are also described in Li, J., et al., Proc. Natl.
  • Human antibodies may also be generated by isolating Fv clone variable domain sequences selected from human-derived phage display libraries. Such variable domain sequences may then be combined with a desired human constant domain. Techniques for selecting human antibodies from antibody libraries are described below.
  • a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein is comprised in a library-derived antibody.
  • Library-derived antibodies may be isolated by screening combinatorial libraries for antibodies with the desired activity or activities.
  • repertoires of VH and VL genes are separately cloned by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and recombined randomly in phage libraries, which can then be screened for antigen-binding phage as described in Winter, G., et al., Ann. Rev. Immunol. 12 (1994) 433-455.
  • Phage typically display antibody fragments, either as single-chain Fv (scFv) fragments or as Fab fragments.
  • Libraries from immunized sources provide high-affinity antibodies to the immunogen without the requirement of constructing hybridomas.
  • naive repertoire can be cloned (e.g., from human) to provide a single source of antibodies to a wide range of non-self and also self-antigens without any immunization as described by Griffiths, A. D., et al., EMBO J. 12 (1993) 725-734.
  • naive libraries can also be made synthetically by cloning non-rearranged V-gene segments from stem cells, and using PCR primers containing random sequence to encode the highly variable CDR3 regions and to accomplish rearrangement in vitro, as described by Hoogenboom, H. R. and Winter, G., J. Mol. Biol. 227 (1992) 381-388.
  • Patent publications describing human antibody phage libraries include, for example: U.S. Pat. No. 5,750,373, and US 2005/0079574, US 2005/0119455, US 2005/0266000, US 2007/0117126, US 2007/0160598, US 2007/0237764, US 2007/0292936, and US 2009/0002360.
  • Antibodies or antibody fragments isolated from human antibody libraries are considered human antibodies or human antibody fragments herein.
  • a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein is comprised in a multispecific antibody, e.g. a bispecific antibody.
  • Multispecific antibodies are monoclonal antibodies that have binding specificities for at least two different sites. In certain embodiments, one of the binding specificities is for a first antigen and the other is for a different second antigen.
  • bispecific antibodies may bind to two different epitopes of the same antigen. Bispecific antibodies may also be used to localize cytotoxic agents to cells, which express at least one of the antigens. Bispecific antibodies can be prepared as full-length antibodies or antibody fragments.
  • Techniques for making multispecific antibodies include, but are not limited to, recombinant co-expression of two immunoglobulin heavy chain-light chain pairs having different specificities (see Milstein, C. and Cuello, A. C., Nature 305 (1983) 537-540, WO 93/08829, and Traunecker, A., et al., EMBO J. 10 (1991) 3655-3659), and “knob-in-hole” engineering (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,731,168).
  • Multi-specific antibodies may also be made by engineering electrostatic steering effects for making antibody Fc-heterodimeric molecules (WO 2009/089004); cross-linking two or more antibodies or fragments (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,676,980, and Brennan, M. et al., Science229 (1985) 81-83); using leucine zippers to produce bi-specific antibodies (see, e.g., Kostelny, S. A., et al., J. Immunol. 148 (1992) 1547-1553; using “diabody” technology for making bispecific antibody fragments (see, e.g., Holliger, P. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad.
  • the antibody or fragment herein also includes a “Dual Acting Fab” or “DAF” (see, US 2008/0069820, for example).
  • the antibody or fragment herein also includes multispecific antibodies described in WO 2009/080251, WO 2009/080252, WO 2009/080253, WO 2009/080254, WO 2010/112193, WO 2010/115589, WO 2010/136172, WO 2010/145792, and WO 2010/145793.
  • a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein is comprised in an antibody.
  • amino acid sequence variants of the antibodies provided herein are contemplated. For example, it may be desirable to improve the binding affinity and/or other biological properties of the antibody.
  • Amino acid sequence variants of an antibody may be prepared by introducing appropriate modifications into the nucleotide sequence encoding the antibody, or by peptide synthesis. Such modifications include, for example, deletions from, and/or insertions into and/or substitutions of residues within the amino acid sequences of the antibody.
  • deletion, insertion, and substitution can be made to arrive at the final construct, provided that the final construct possesses the desired characteristics, e.g., antigen-binding.
  • antibody variants having one or more amino acid substitutions are provided.
  • Sites of interest for substitutional mutagenesis include the HVRs and FRs.
  • Conservative substitutions are shown in the Table below under the heading of “preferred substitutions”. More substantial changes are provided in the following Table under the heading of “exemplary substitutions”, and as further described below in reference to amino acid side chain classes.
  • Amino acid substitutions may be introduced into an antibody of interest and the products screened for a desired activity, e.g., retained/improved antigen binding, decreased immunogenicity, or improved ADCC or CDC.
  • Amino acids may be grouped according to common side-chain properties:
  • Non-conservative substitutions will entail exchanging a member of one of these classes for another class.
  • substitutional variant involves substituting one or more hypervariable region residues of a parent antibody (e.g. a humanized or human antibody).
  • a parent antibody e.g. a humanized or human antibody
  • the resulting variant(s) selected for further study will have modifications (e.g., improvements) in certain biological properties (e.g., increased affinity, reduced immunogenicity) relative to the parent antibody and/or will have substantially retained certain biological properties of the parent antibody.
  • An exemplary substitutional variant is an affinity-matured antibody, which may be conveniently generated, e.g., using phage display-based affinity maturation techniques such as those described herein. Briefly, one or more HVR residues are mutated and the variant antibodies displayed on phage and screened for a particular biological activity (e.g. binding affinity).
  • Alterations may be made in HVRs, e.g., to improve antibody affinity. Such alterations may be made in HVR “hotspots,” i.e., residues encoded by codons that undergo mutation at high frequency during the somatic maturation process (see, e.g., Chowdhury, P. S., Methods Mol. Biol. 207 (2008) 179-196), and/or residues that contact antigen, with the resulting variant VH or VL being tested for binding affinity.
  • Affinity maturation by constructing and reselecting from secondary libraries has been described, e.g., in Hoogenboom, H. R. et al. in Methods in Molecular Biology 178 (2002) 1-37.
  • variable genes chosen for maturation are introduced into the variable genes chosen for maturation by any of a variety of methods (e.g., error-prone PCR, chain shuffling, or oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis).
  • a secondary library is then created. The library is then screened to identify any antibody variants with the desired affinity.
  • Another method to introduce diversity involves HVR-directed approaches, in which several HVR residues (e.g., 4-6 residues at a time) are randomized. HVR residues involved in antigen binding may be specifically identified, e.g., using alanine scanning mutagenesis or modeling. CDR-H3 and CDR-L3 in particular are often targeted.
  • substitutions, insertions, or deletions may occur within one or more HVRs so long as such alterations do not substantially reduce the ability of the antibody to bind antigen.
  • conservative alterations e.g., conservative substitutions as provided herein
  • Such alterations may, for example, be outside of antigen contacting residues in the HVRs.
  • each HVR either is unaltered, or contains no more than one, two or three amino acid substitutions.
  • a useful method for identification of residues or regions of an antibody that may be targeted for mutagenesis is called “alanine scanning mutagenesis” as described by Cunningham, B. C. and Wells, J. A., Science 244 (1989) 1081-1085.
  • a residue or group of target residues e.g., charged residues such as Arg, Asp, His, Lys, and Glu
  • a neutral or negatively charged amino acid e.g., alanine or polyalanine
  • a crystal structure of an antigen-antibody complex to identify contact points between the antibody and antigen can be used. Such contact residues and neighboring residues may be targeted or eliminated as candidates for substitution. Variants may be screened to determine whether they contain the desired properties.
  • Amino acid sequence insertions include amino- and/or carboxyl-terminal fusions ranging in length from one residue to polypeptides containing a hundred or more residues, as well as intrasequence insertions of single or multiple amino acid residues.
  • terminal insertions include an antibody with an N-terminal methionyl residue.
  • Other insertional variants of the antibody molecule include the fusion to the N- or C-terminus of the antibody to an enzyme (e.g. for ADEPT) or a polypeptide, which increases the serum half-life of the antibody.
  • an antibody provided herein is altered to increase or decrease the extent to which the antibody is glycosylated.
  • Addition or deletion of glycosylation sites to an antibody may be conveniently accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence such that one or more glycosylation sites is created or removed.
  • the carbohydrate attached thereto may be altered.
  • Native antibodies produced by mammalian cells typically comprise a branched, biantennary oligosaccharide that is generally attached by an N-linkage to Asn297 of the CH2 domain of the Fc-region. See, e.g., Wright, A. and Morrison, S. L., TIBTECH 15 (1997) 26-32.
  • the oligosaccharide may include various carbohydrates, e.g., mannose, N-acetyl glucosamine (GlcNAc), galactose, and sialic acid, as well as a fucose attached to a GlcNAc in the “stem” of the biantennary oligosaccharide structure.
  • modifications of the oligosaccharide in an antibody of the invention may be made in order to create antibody variants with certain improved properties.
  • antibody variants having a carbohydrate structure that lacks fucose attached (directly or indirectly) to an Fc-region.
  • the amount of fucose in such antibody may be from 1% to 80%, from 1% to 65%, from 5% to 65% or from 20% to 40%.
  • the amount of fucose is determined by calculating the average amount of fucose within the sugar chain at Asn297, relative to the sum of all glycostructures attached to Asn 297 (e. g. complex, hybrid and high mannose structures) as measured by MALDI-TOF mass spectrometry, as described in WO 2008/077546, for example.
  • Asn297 refers to the asparagine residue located at about position 297 in the Fc-region (EU numbering of Fc-region residues); however, Asn297 may also be located about ⁇ 3 amino acids upstream or downstream of position 297, i.e., between positions 294 and 300, due to minor sequence variations in antibodies. Such fucosylation variants may have improved ADCC function. See, e.g., US 2003/0157108; US 2004/0093621.
  • Examples of publications related to “defucosylated” or “fucose-deficient” antibody variants include: US 2003/0157108; WO 2000/61739; WO 2001/29246; US 2003/0115614; US 2002/0164328; US 2004/0093621; US 2004/0132140; US 2004/0110704; US 2004/0110282; US 2004/0109865; WO 2003/085119; WO 2003/084570; WO 2005/035586; WO 2005/035778; WO 2005/053742; WO 2002/031140; Okazaki, A. et al., J. Mol. Biol. 336 (2004) 1239-1249; Yamane-Ohnuki, N.
  • Examples of cell lines capable of producing defucosylated antibodies include Lec13 CHO cells deficient in protein fucosylation (Ripka, J., et al., Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 249 (1986) 533-545; US 2003/0157108; and WO 2004/056312, especially at Example 11), and knockout cell lines, such as alpha-1,6-fucosyltransferase gene, FUT8, knockout CHO cells (see, e.g., Yamane-Ohnuki, N., et al., Biotech. Bioeng. 87 (2004) 614-622; Kanda, Y., et al., Biotechnol. Bioeng. 94 (2006) 680-688; and WO 2003/085107).
  • Antibodies variants are further provided with bisected oligosaccharides, e.g., in which a biantennary oligosaccharide attached to the Fc-region of the antibody is bisected by GlcNAc. Such antibody variants may have reduced fucosylation and/or improved ADCC function. Examples of such antibody variants are described, e.g., in WO 2003/011878; U.S. Pat. No. 6,602,684; and US 2005/0123546. Antibody variants with at least one galactose residue in the oligosaccharide attached to the Fc-region are also provided. Such antibody variants may have improved CDC function. Such antibody variants are described, e.g., in WO 1997/30087; WO 1998/58964; and WO 1999/22764.
  • one or more further amino acid modifications may be introduced into a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein, thereby generating an Fc-region variant.
  • the Fc-region variant may be derived from a human Fc-region sequence (e.g., a human IgG1, IgG2, IgG3 or IgG4 Fc-region) comprising an amino acid modification (e.g. a substitution/mutation) at one or more amino acid positions.
  • the invention contemplates a heterodimeric polypeptide that possesses some but not all effector functions, which make it a desirable candidate for applications in which the half-life of the dimeric polypeptide in vivo is important yet certain effector functions (such as CDC and ADCC) are unnecessary or deleterious.
  • In vitro and/or in vivo cytotoxicity assays can be conducted to confirm the reduction/depletion of CDC and/or ADCC activities.
  • Fc receptor (FcR) binding assays can be conducted to ensure that the heterodimeric polypeptide antibody lacks Fc ⁇ R binding (hence likely lacking ADCC activity), but retains FcRn binding ability.
  • NK cells express Fc ⁇ RIII only, whereas monocytes express Fc ⁇ R1, Fc ⁇ RII and Fc ⁇ RIII.
  • FcR expression on hematopoietic cells is summarized in Table 3 on page 464 of Ravetch, J. V. and Kinet, J. P., Annu. Rev. Immunol. 9 (1991) 457-492.
  • Non-limiting examples of in vitro assays to assess ADCC activity of a molecule of interest are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,500,362 (see, e.g. Hellstrom, I. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83 (1986) 7059-7063; and Hellstrom, I.
  • non-radioactive assays methods may be employed (see, for example, ACTITM non-radioactive cytotoxicity assay for flow cytometry (CellTechnology, Inc. Mountain View, Calif.; and CytoTox 96® non-radioactive cytotoxicity assay (Promega, Madison, Wis.).
  • Useful effector cells for such assays include peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) and Natural Killer (NK) cells.
  • ADCC activity of the molecule of interest may be assessed in vivo, e.g., in an animal model such as that disclosed in Clynes, R. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95 (1998) 652-656.
  • C1q binding assays may also be carried out to confirm that the dimeric polypeptide is unable to bind C1q and hence lacks CDC activity. See, e.g., C1q and C3c binding ELISA in WO 2006/029879 and WO 2005/100402.
  • a CDC assay may be performed (see, for example, Gazzano-Santoro, H. et al., J. Immunol.
  • FcRn binding and in vivo clearance/half-life determinations can also be performed using methods known in the art (see, e.g., Petkova, S. B. et al., Int. Immunol. 18 (2006) 1759-1769).
  • Heterodimeric polypeptides with reduced effector function include those with substitution of one or more of Fc-region residues 238, 265, 269, 270, 297, 327 and 329 (U.S. Pat. No. 6,737,056).
  • Fc-region variants include Fc-regions with substitutions at two or more of amino acid positions 265, 269, 270, 297 and 327, including the so-called “DANA” Fc-region mutant with substitution of residues 265 and 297 to alanine (U.S. Pat. No. 7,332,581).
  • a heterodimeric polypeptide variant comprises an Fc-region with one or more amino acid substitutions, which improve ADCC, e.g., substitutions at positions 298, 333, and/or 334 of the Fc-region (EU numbering of residues).
  • alterations are made in the Fc-region that result in altered (i.e., either improved or diminished) C1q binding and/or Complement Dependent Cytotoxicity (CDC), e.g., as described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,194,551, WO 99/51642, and Idusogie, E. E. et al., J. Immunol. 164 (2000) 4178-4184.
  • CDC Complement Dependent Cytotoxicity
  • Antibodies with increased half-lives and improved binding to the neonatal Fc receptor (FcRn), which is responsible for the transfer of maternal IgGs to the fetus are described in US 2005/0014934.
  • Those antibodies comprise an Fc-region with one or more substitutions therein, which improve binding of the Fc-region to FcRn.
  • Such Fc-region variants include those with substitutions at one or more of Fc-region residues: 238, 256, 265, 272, 286, 303, 305, 307, 311, 312, 317, 340, 356, 360, 362, 376, 378, 380, 382, 413, 424 or 434, e.g., substitution of Fc-region residue 434 (U.S. Pat. No. 7,371,826).
  • cysteine engineered heterodimeric polypeptides e.g., in analogy to “thioMAbs,” in which one or more residues of an antibody are substituted with cysteine residues.
  • the substituted residues occur at accessible sites of the heterodimeric polypeptide.
  • reactive thiol groups are thereby positioned at accessible sites of the heterodimeric polypeptide and may be used to conjugate the heterodimeric polypeptide to other moieties, such as drug moieties or linker-drug moieties, to create an immunoconjugate, as described further herein.
  • any one or more of the following residues may be substituted with cysteine: V205 (Kabat numbering) of the light chain; A118 (EU numbering) of the heavy chain; and 5400 (EU numbering) of the heavy chain Fc-region.
  • Cysteine engineered dimeric polypeptides may be generated as described, e.g., in U.S. Pat. No. 7,521,541.
  • a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein may be further modified to contain additional non-proteinaceous moieties that are known in the art and readily available.
  • the moieties suitable for derivatization of the heterodimeric polypeptide include but are not limited to water-soluble polymers.
  • Non-limiting examples of water soluble polymers include, but are not limited to, polyethylene glycol (PEG), copolymers of ethylene glycol/propylene glycol, carboxymethyl cellulose, dextran, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, poly-1,3-dioxolane, poly-1,3,6-trioxane, ethylene/maleic anhydride copolymer, polyamino acids (either homopolymers or random copolymers), and dextran or poly(n-vinyl pyrrolidone)polyethylene glycol, pro-propylene glycol homopolymers, polypropylene oxide/ethylene oxide co-polymers, polyoxyethylated polyols (e.g., glycerol), polyvinyl alcohol, and mixtures thereof.
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • copolymers of ethylene glycol/propylene glycol carboxymethyl cellulose
  • dextran polyvinyl alcohol
  • Polyethylene glycol propionaldehyde may have advantages in manufacturing due to its stability in water.
  • the polymer may be of any molecular weight, and may be branched or non-branched.
  • the number of polymers attached to the dimeric polypeptide may vary, and if more than one polymer is attached, they can be the same or different molecules. In general, the number and/or type of polymers used for derivatization can be determined based on considerations including, but not limited to, the particular properties or functions of the dimeric polypeptide to be improved, whether the dimeric polypeptide derivative will be used in a therapy under defined conditions, etc.
  • conjugates of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein and non-proteinaceous moiety that may be selectively heated by exposure to radiation are provided.
  • the non-proteinaceous moiety is a carbon nanotube (Kam, N. W. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 102 (2005) 11600-11605).
  • the radiation may be of any wavelength, and includes, but is not limited to, wavelengths that do not harm ordinary cells, but which heat the non-proteinaceous moiety to a temperature at which cells proximal to the dimeric polypeptide-non-proteinaceous moiety are killed.
  • first CH3 domain and the second CH3 domains are both engineered in a complementary manner so that each CH3 domain (or the heavy chain comprising it) cannot longer homodimerize with itself but is forced to heterodimerize with the complementary engineered other CH3 domain (so that the first and second CH3 domain heterodimerize and no homodimers between the two first or the two second CH3 domains are formed).
  • the CH3 domains of said heterodimeric polypeptide according to the invention can be altered by the “knob-into-holes” technology which is described in detail with several examples in e.g. WO 96/027011, Ridgway, J. B., et al., Protein Eng. 9 (1996) 617-621; and Merchant, A. M., et al., Nat. Biotechnol. 16 (1998) 677-681; WO 98/050431.
  • the interaction surfaces of the two CH3 domains are altered to increase the heterodimerization of both heavy chains containing these two CH3 domains.
  • Each of the two CH3 domains (of the two heavy chains) can be the “knob”, while the other is the “hole”.
  • the introduction of a disulfide bridge further stabilizes the heterodimers (Merchant, A. M., et al., Nature Biotech. 16 (1998) 677-681; Atwell, S., et al., J. Mol. Biol. 270 (1997) 26-35) and increases the yield.
  • heterodimeric polypeptide (comprises a CH3 domain in each heavy chain and) is further characterized in that
  • amino acid residue having a larger side chain volume is selected from the group consisting of arginine (R), phenylalanine (F), tyrosine (Y), tryptophan (W).
  • amino acid residue having a smaller side chain volume is selected from the group consisting of alanine (A), serine (S), threonine (T), valine (V).
  • both CH3 domains are further altered by the introduction of cysteine (C) as amino acid in the corresponding positions of each CH3 domain such that a disulfide bridge between both CH3 domains can be formed.
  • C cysteine
  • said heterodimeric polypeptide comprises an amino acid T366W mutation in the first CH3 domain of the “knobs-chain” and amino acid T366S, L368A, Y407V mutations in the second CH3 domain of the “hole-chain”.
  • An additional interchain disulfide bridge between the CH3 domains can also be used (Merchant, A. M., et al., Nature Biotech. 16 (1998) 677-681) e.g. by introducing an amino acid Y349C mutation into the CH3 domain of the “hole-chain” and an amino acid E356C mutation or an amino acid S354C mutation into the CH3 domain of the “knobs-chain”.
  • said heterodimeric polypeptide (which comprises a CH3 domain in each heavy chain) comprises amino acid S354C, T366W mutations in one of the two CH3 domains and amino acid Y349C, T366S, L368A, Y407V mutations in the other of the two CH3 domains (the additional amino acid S354C mutation in one CH3 domain and the additional amino acid Y349C mutation in the other CH3 domain forming an interchain disulfide bridge) (numbering according to Kabat).
  • CH3-modifications to enforcing the heterodimerization are contemplated as alternatives of the invention and described e.g. in WO 96/27011, WO 98/050431, EP 1870459, WO 2007/110205, WO 2007/147901, WO 2009/089004, WO 2010/129304, WO 2011/90754, WO 2011/143545, WO 2012/058768, WO 2013/157954, WO 2013/096291.
  • heterodimerization approach described in EP 1 870 459A1 can be used alternatively.
  • This approach is based on the by the introduction of substitutions/mutations of charged amino acids with the opposite charge at specific amino acid positions of the in the CH3/CH3 domain interface between both heavy chains.
  • One preferred embodiment for said heterodimeric polypeptide are amino acid R409D; K370E mutations in the first CH3 domain of the multispecific antibody and amino acid D399K; E357K mutations in the seconds CH3 domain of the multispecific antibody (numbering according to Kabat).
  • said heterodimeric polypeptide comprises a amino acid T366W mutation in the CH3 domain of the “knobs chain” and amino acid T366S, L368A, Y407V mutations in the CH3 domain of the “hole-chain” and additionally amino acid R409D; K370E mutations in the CH3 domain of the “knobs-chain” and amino acid D399K; E357K mutations in the CH3 domain of the “hole-chain”.
  • said heterodimeric polypeptide comprises amino acid S354C, T366W mutations in one of the two CH3 domains and amino acid Y349C, T366S, L368A, Y407V mutations in the other of the two CH3 domains or said multispecific antibody comprises amino acid Y349C, T366W mutations in one of the two CH3 domains and amino acid S354C, T366S, L368A, Y407V mutations in the other of the two CH3 domains and additionally amino acid R409D; K370E mutations in the CH3 domain of the “knobs-chain” and amino acid D399K; E357K mutations in the CH3 domain of the “hole-chain”.
  • a first CH3 domain comprises amino acid T366K mutation and a second CH3 domain polypeptide comprises amino acid L351D mutation.
  • the first CH3 domain comprises further amino acid L351K mutation.
  • the second CH3 domain comprises further amino acid mutation selected from Y349E, Y349D and L368E (preferably L368E).
  • a first CH3 domain comprises amino acid L351Y, Y407A mutations and a second CH3 domain comprises amino acid T366A, K409F mutations.
  • the second CH3 domain comprises a further amino acid mutation at position T411, D399, 5400, F405, N390, or K392 e.g.
  • T411 N selected from a) T411 N, T411 R, T411Q, T411 K, T411D, T411E or T411W, b) D399R, D399W, D399Y or D399K, c S400E, S400D, S400R, or S400K F4051, F405M, F405T, F405S, F405V or F405W N390R, N390K or N390D K392V, K392M, K392R, K392L, K392F or K392E.
  • a first CH3 domain comprises amino acid L351Y, Y407A mutations and a second CH3 domain comprises amino acid T366V, K409F mutations.
  • a first CH3 domain comprises amino acid Y407A mutations and a second CH3 domain comprises amino acid T366A, K409F mutations.
  • the second CH3 domain comprises a further amino acid K392E, T411E, D399R and S400R mutations.
  • heterodimerization approach described in WO2011/143545 can be used alternatively e.g. with the amino acid modification at a position selected from the group consisting of 368 and 409.
  • a first CH3 domain comprises amino acid T366W mutations and a second CH3 domain comprises amino acid Y407A mutations.
  • a first CH3 domain comprises amino acid T366Y mutations and a second CH3 domain comprises amino acid Y407T mutations.
  • the multispecific antibody is of IgG2 isotype and the heterodimerization approach described in WO2010/129304 can be used alternatively.
  • a first CH3 domain comprises amino acid substitution of K392 or N392 with a negative-charged amino acid (e.g. glutamic acid (E), or aspartic acid (D), preferably K392D or N392D) and a second CH3 domain comprises amino acid substitution of D399, E356, D356, or E357 with a positive-charged amino acid (e.g. Lysine (K) or arginine (R), preferably D399K, E356K, D356K, or E357K and more preferably D399K and E356K.
  • a negative-charged amino acid e.g. glutamic acid (E), or aspartic acid (D), preferably K392D or N392D
  • a second CH3 domain comprises amino acid substitution of D399, E356, D356, or E357 with a positive-charged amino acid (e.g. Lysine (K) or arginine (R), preferably D399K, E35
  • the first CH3 domain further comprises amino acid substitution of K409 or R409 with a negative-charged amino acid (e.g. glutamic acid (E), or aspartic acid (D), preferably K409D or R409D).
  • a negative-charged amino acid e.g. glutamic acid (E), or aspartic acid (D)
  • the first CH3 domain further or alternatively comprises amino acid substitution of K439 and/or K370 with a negative-charged amino acid (e.g. glutamic acid (E), or aspartic acid (D)).
  • a first CH3 domain comprises amino acid K253E, D282K, and K322D mutations and a second CH3 domain comprises amino acid D239K, E240K, and K292D mutations.
  • heterodimerization approach described in WO2007/110205 can be used alternatively.
  • Antibodies may be produced using recombinant methods and compositions, e.g., as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567.
  • isolated nucleic acid(s) encoding a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein is(are) provided.
  • Such nucleic acid may encode an amino acid sequence comprising the first polypeptide and/or an amino acid sequence comprising the second polypeptide of the heterodimeric polypeptide.
  • one or more vectors e.g., expression vectors
  • a host cell comprising such nucleic acid is provided.
  • a host cell comprises (e.g., has been transformed with): (1) a vector comprising a nucleic acid that encodes an amino acid sequence comprising the first polypeptide of the heterodimeric polypeptide and an amino acid sequence comprising the second polypeptide of the heterodimeric polypeptide, or (2) a first vector comprising a nucleic acid that encodes an amino acid sequence comprising the first polypeptide of the heterodimeric polypeptide and a second vector comprising a nucleic acid that encodes an amino acid sequence comprising the second polypeptide of the heterodimeric polypeptide.
  • the host cell is eukaryotic, e.g.
  • a method of making a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein comprises culturing a host cell comprising a nucleic acid encoding the heterodimeric polypeptide, as provided above, under conditions suitable for expression of the heterodimeric polypeptide, and optionally recovering the antibody from the host cell (or host cell culture medium).
  • nucleic acid encoding a heterodimeric polypeptide is isolated and inserted into one or more vectors for further cloning and/or expression in a host cell.
  • nucleic acid may be readily isolated and sequenced using conventional procedures (e.g., by using oligonucleotide probes that are capable of binding specifically to genes encoding the variant Fc-region polypeptide(s) and the heavy and light chains of the antibody).
  • heterodimeric polypeptide-encoding vectors include prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells described herein.
  • heterodimeric polypeptides may be produced in bacteria, in particular when glycosylation and Fc effector function are not needed.
  • For expression of antibody fragments and polypeptides in bacteria see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,648,237, 5,789,199, and 5,840,523. (See also Charlton, K. A., In: Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 248, Lo, B. K. C. (ed.), Humana Press, Totowa, N.J. (2003), pp. 245-254, describing expression of antibody fragments in E. coli .).
  • the heterodimeric polypeptide may be isolated from the bacterial cell paste in a soluble fraction and can be further purified.
  • eukaryotic microbes such as filamentous fungi or yeast are suitable cloning or expression hosts for heterodimeric polypeptide-encoding vectors, including fungi and yeast strains whose glycosylation pathways have been “humanized” resulting in the production of a dimeric polypeptide with a partially or fully human glycosylation pattern.
  • fungi and yeast strains whose glycosylation pathways have been “humanized” resulting in the production of a dimeric polypeptide with a partially or fully human glycosylation pattern.
  • Suitable host cells for the expression of glycosylated heterodimeric polypeptide are also derived from multicellular organisms (invertebrates and vertebrates). Examples of invertebrate cells include plant and insect cells. Numerous baculoviral strains have been identified which may be used in conjunction with insect cells, particularly for transfection of Spodoptera frugiperda cells.
  • Plant cell cultures can also be utilized as hosts. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,959,177, 6,040,498, 6,420,548, 7,125,978, and 6,417,429 (describing PLANTIBODIESTM technology for producing antibodies in transgenic plants).
  • Vertebrate cells may also be used as hosts.
  • mammalian cell lines that are adapted to grow in suspension may be useful.
  • Other examples of useful mammalian host cell lines are monkey kidney CV1 line transformed by SV40 (COS-7); human embryonic kidney line (HEK293 or 293 cells as described, e.g., in Graham, F. L., et al., J. Gen Virol. 36 (1977) 59-74); baby hamster kidney cells (BHK); mouse sertoli cells (TM4 cells as described, e.g., in Mather, J. P., Biol. Reprod.
  • monkey kidney cells (CV1); African green monkey kidney cells (VERO-76); human cervical carcinoma cells (HELA); canine kidney cells (MDCK); buffalo rat liver cells (BRL 3A); human lung cells (W138); human liver cells (Hep G2); mouse mammary tumor (MMT 060562); TRI cells, as described, e.g., in Mather, J. P., et al., Annals N.Y. Acad. Sci. 383 (1982) 44-68; MRC 5 cells; and FS4 cells.
  • Other useful mammalian host cell lines include Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, including DHFR ⁇ CHO cells (Urlaub, G., et al., Proc.
  • heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein or pharmaceutical formulation as reported herein is administered alone (without an additional therapeutic agent) for the treatment of one or more ocular vascular diseases described herein.
  • heterodimeric polypeptide antibody or pharmaceutical formulation as reported herein is administered in combination with one or more additional therapeutic agents or methods for the treatment of one or more vascular eye diseases described herein.
  • heterodimeric polypeptide or pharmaceutical formulation as reported herein is formulated in combination with one or more additional therapeutic agents and administered for the treatment of one or more vascular eye diseases described herein.
  • the combination treatments provided herein include that the heterodimeric polypeptide or pharmaceutical formulation as reported herein is administered sequentially with one or more additional therapeutic agents for the treatment of one or more ocular vascular diseases described herein.
  • the additional therapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, Tryptophanyl-tRNA synthetase (TrpRS), EyeOOl (anti-VEGF PEGylated aptamer), squalamine, RETAANETM (anecortave acetate for depot suspension; Alcon, Inc.), Combretastatin A4 Prodrug (CA4P), MACUGENTM, MIFEPREXTM (mifepristone-ru486), subtenon triamcinolone acetonide, intravitreal crystalline triamcinolone acetonide, Prinomastat (AG3340-synthetic matrix metalloproteinase inhibitor, Pfizer), fluocinolone acetonide (including fluocinolone intraocular implant, Bausch & Lomb/Control Delivery Systems), VEGFR inhibitors (Sugen), VEGF-Trap (Regeneron/Aventis), VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitors such
  • Other pharmaceutical therapies that can be used in combination with the heterodimeric polypeptide or pharmaceutical formulation as reported herein, including, but are not limited to, VISUDYNETM with use of a non-thermal laser, PKC 412, Endovion (NeuroSearch A/S), neurotrophic factors, including by way of example Glial Derived Neurotrophic Factor and Ciliary Neurotrophic Factor, diatazem, dorzolamide, Phototrop, 9-cis-retinal, eye medication (including Echo Therapy) including phospholine iodide or echothiophate or carbonic anhydrase inhibitors, AE-941 (AEtema Laboratories, Inc.), Sima-027 (Sima Therapeutics, Inc.), pegaptanib (NeXstar Pharmaceuticals/Gilead Sciences), neurotrophins (including, by way of example only, NT-4/5, Genentech), CandS (Acuity Pharmaceuticals), INS-37217 (Inspire Pharmaceuticals), integrin antagonists (including those from
  • any anti-angiogenic agent can be used in combination with the heterodimeric polypeptide or pharmaceutical formulation as reported herein, including, but not limited to, those listed by Carmeliet and Jain (Nature 407 (2000) 249-257).
  • the anti-angiogenic agent is another VEGF antagonist or a VEGF receptor antagonist such as VEGF variants, soluble VEGF receptor fragments, aptamers capable of blocking VEGF or VEGFR, neutralizing anti-VEGFR antibodies, low molecule weight inhibitors of VEGFR tyrosine kinases and any combinations thereof and these include anti-VEGF aptamers (e.g. Pegaptanib), soluble recombinant decoy receptors (e.g.
  • the anti-angiogenic agent is include corticosteroids, angiostatic steroids, anecortave acetate, angiostatin, endostatin, small interfering RNA's decreasing expression of VEGFR or VEGF ligand, post-VEGFR blockade with tyrosine kinase inhibitors, MMP inhibitors, IGFBP3, SDF-1 blockers, PEDF, gamma-secretase, Delta-like ligand 4, integrin antagonists, HIF-1 alpha blockade, protein kinase CK2 blockade, and inhibition of stem cell (i.e.
  • endothelial progenitor cell homing to the site of neovascularization using vascular endothelial cadherin (CD-144) and stromal derived factor (SDF)-I antibodies.
  • Small molecule RTK inhibitors targeting VEGF receptors including PTK787 can also be used.
  • Agents that have activity against neovascularization that are not necessarily anti-VEGF compounds can also be used and include anti-inflammatory drugs, m-Tor inhibitors, rapamycin, everolismus, temsirolismus, cyclospohne, anti-TNF agents, anti-complement agents, and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents.
  • Agents that are neuroprotective and can potentially reduce the progression of dry macular degeneration can also be used, such as the class of drugs called the ,neurosteroids“. These include drugs such as dehydroepiandrosterone (DHEA) (Brand names: Prastera(R) and Fidelin(R)), dehydroepiandrosterone sulfate, and pregnenolone sulfate.
  • DHEA dehydroepiandrosterone
  • Any AMD (age-related macular degeneration) therapeutic agent can be used in combination with the dimeric polypeptide or pharmaceutical formulation as reported herein, including but not limited to verteporfin in combination with PDT, pegaptanib sodium, zinc, or an antioxidant(s), alone or in any combination.
  • heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein are prepared by mixing such heterodimeric polypeptide having the desired degree of purity with one or more optional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers (Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 16th edition, Osol, A. (ed.) (1980)), in the form of lyophilized formulations or aqueous solutions.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are generally nontoxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed, and include, but are not limited to: buffers such as phosphate, citrate, and other organic acids; antioxidants including ascorbic acid and methionine; preservatives (such as octadecyl dimethylbenzyl ammonium chloride; hexamethonium chloride; benzalkonium chloride; benzethonium chloride; phenol, butyl or benzyl alcohol; alkyl parabens such as methyl or propyl paraben; catechol; resorcinol; cyclohexanol; 3-pentanol; and m-cresol); low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptides; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as poly(vinylpyrrolidone); amino acids such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine, histidine, arg
  • sHASEGP soluble neutral-active hyaluronidase glycoproteins
  • rhuPH20 HYLENEX®, Baxter International, Inc.
  • Certain exemplary sHASEGPs and methods of use, including rhuPH20, are described in US 2005/0260186 and US 2006/0104968.
  • a sHASEGP is combined with one or more additional glycosaminoglycanases such as chondroitinases.
  • Exemplary lyophilized antibody formulations are described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,267,958.
  • Aqueous antibody formulations include those described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,171,586 and WO 2006/044908, the latter formulations including a histidine-acetate buffer.
  • the formulation herein may also contain more than one active ingredients as necessary for the particular indication being treated, preferably those with complementary activities that do not adversely affect each other.
  • active ingredients are suitably present in combination in amounts that are effective for the purpose intended.
  • Active ingredients may be entrapped in microcapsules prepared, for example, by coacervation techniques or by interfacial polymerization, for example, hydroxymethyl cellulose or gelatin-microcapsules and poly-(methyl methacrylate) microcapsules, respectively, in colloidal drug delivery systems (for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nanoparticles and nanocapsules) or in macroemulsions.
  • colloidal drug delivery systems for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nanoparticles and nanocapsules
  • Sustained-release preparations may be prepared. Suitable examples of sustained-release preparations include semi-permeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the antibody, which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, e.g. films, or microcapsules.
  • the formulations to be used for in vivo administration are generally sterile. Sterility may be readily accomplished, e.g., by filtration through sterile filtration membranes.
  • heterodimeric polypeptides as reported herein may be used in therapeutic methods.
  • a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for use as a medicament is provided.
  • a heterodimeric polypeptide for use in treating ocular vascular diseases is provided.
  • a heterodimeric polypeptide for use in a method of treatment is provided.
  • the invention provides a heterodimeric polypeptide for use in a method of treating an individual having an ocular vascular disease comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of the heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein.
  • the method further comprises administering to the individual an effective amount of at least one additional therapeutic agent, e.g., as described above in section D.
  • the invention provides a heterodimeric polypeptide for use in inhibiting angiogenesis in the eye.
  • the invention provides a heterodimeric polypeptide for use in a method of inhibiting angiogenesis in an individual comprising administering to the individual an effective of the heterodimeric polypeptide to inhibit angiogenesis.
  • An “individual” according to any of the above embodiments is in one preferred embodiment a human.
  • the invention provides for the use of a heterodimeric polypeptide in the manufacture or preparation of a medicament.
  • the medicament is for treatment of an ocular vascular disease.
  • the medicament is for use in a method of treating an ocular vascular disease comprising administering to an individual having an ocular vascular disease an effective amount of the medicament.
  • the method further comprises administering to the individual an effective amount of at least one additional therapeutic agent, e.g., as described above.
  • the medicament is for inhibiting angiogenesis.
  • the medicament is for use in a method of inhibiting angiogenesis in an individual comprising administering to the individual an amount effective of the medicament to inhibit angiogenesis.
  • An “individual” according to any of the above embodiments may be a human.
  • the invention provides a method for treating a vascular eye disease.
  • the method comprises administering to an individual having such a vascular eye disease an effective amount of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein.
  • the method further comprises administering to the individual an effective amount of at least one additional therapeutic agent, as described below.
  • An “individual” according to any of the above embodiments may be a human.
  • the invention provides a method for inhibiting angiogenesis in the eye in an individual.
  • the method comprises administering to the individual an effective amount of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein to inhibit angiogenesis.
  • an “individual” is a human.
  • the invention provides pharmaceutical formulations comprising any of the heterodimeric polypeptides as reported herein, e.g., for use in any of the above therapeutic methods.
  • a pharmaceutical formulation comprises any of the heterodimeric polypeptides as reported herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • a pharmaceutical formulation comprises any of the heterodimeric polypeptides as reported herein and at least one additional therapeutic agent, e.g., as described below.
  • Heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein can be used either alone or in combination with other agents in a therapy.
  • a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein may be co-administered with at least one additional therapeutic agent
  • a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein can be administered by any suitable means, including parenteral, intrapulmonary, and intranasal, and, if desired for local treatment, intralesional administration.
  • Parenteral infusions include intramuscular, intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, or subcutaneous administration. Dosing can be by any suitable route, e.g. by injections, such as intravenous or subcutaneous injections, depending in part on whether the administration is brief or chronic.
  • Various dosing schedules including but not limited to single or multiple administrations over various time-points, bolus administration, and pulse infusion are contemplated herein.
  • Heterodimeric polypeptides as reported herein would be formulated, dosed, and administered in a fashion consistent with good medical practice. Factors for consideration in this context include the particular disorder being treated, the particular mammal being treated, the clinical condition of the individual patient, the cause of the disorder, the site of delivery of the agent, the method of administration, the scheduling of administration, and other factors known to medical practitioners.
  • the heterodimeric polypeptide need not be, but is optionally formulated with one or more agents currently used to prevent or treat the disorder in question. The effective amount of such other agents depends on the amount of heterodimeric polypeptide present in the formulation, the type of disorder or treatment, and other factors discussed above. These are generally used in the same dosages and with administration routes as described herein, or about from 1 to 99% of the dosages described herein, or in any dosage and by any route that is empirically/clinically determined to be appropriate.
  • the appropriate dosage of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein will depend on the type of disease to be treated, the type of heterodimeric polypeptide, the severity and course of the disease, whether the heterodimeric polypeptide is administered for preventive or therapeutic purposes, previous therapy, the patient's clinical history and response to the heterodimeric polypeptide, and the discretion of the attending physician.
  • the heterodimeric polypeptide is suitably administered to the patient at one time or over a series of treatments. Depending on the type and severity of the disease, about 1 ⁇ g/kg to 15 mg/kg (e.g.
  • 0.5 mg/kg-10 mg/kg) of heterodimeric polypeptide can be an initial candidate dosage for administration to the patient, whether, for example, by one or more separate administrations, or by continuous infusion.
  • One typical daily dosage might range from about 1 ⁇ g/kg to 100 mg/kg or more, depending on the factors mentioned above.
  • the treatment would generally be sustained until a desired suppression of disease symptoms occurs.
  • One exemplary dosage of the heterodimeric polypeptide would be in the range from about 0.05 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg.
  • one or more doses of about 0.5 mg/kg, 2.0 mg/kg, 4.0 mg/kg or 10 mg/kg (or any combination thereof) may be administered to the patient.
  • Such doses may be administered intermittently, e.g. every week or every three weeks (e.g. such that the patient receives from about two to about twenty, or e.g. about six doses of the dimeric polypeptide).
  • An initial higher loading dose, followed by one or more lower doses may be administered. The progress of this therapy is easily monitored by conventional techniques and assays.
  • an article of manufacture containing materials useful for the treatment, prevention and/or diagnosis of the disorders described above comprises a container and a label or package insert on or associated with the container.
  • Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, syringes, IV solution bags, etc.
  • the containers may be formed from a variety of materials such as glass or plastic.
  • the container holds a composition, which is by itself or combined with another composition effective for treating, preventing and/or diagnosing the condition and may have a sterile access port (for example the container may be an intravenous solution bag or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle).
  • At least one active agent in the composition is a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein.
  • the label or package insert indicates that the composition is used for treating the condition of choice.
  • the article of manufacture may comprise (a) a first container with a composition contained therein, wherein the composition comprises a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein; and (b) a second container with a composition contained therein, wherein the composition comprises a further otherwise therapeutic agent.
  • the article of manufacture in this embodiment of the invention may further comprise a package insert indicating that the compositions can be used to treat a particular condition.
  • the article of manufacture may further comprise a second (or third) container comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable buffer, such as bacteriostatic water for injection (BWFI), phosphate-buffered saline, Ringer's solution and dextrose solution. It may further include other materials desirable from a commercial and user standpoint, including other buffers, diluents, filters, needles, and syringes.
  • BWFI bacteriostatic water for injection
  • phosphate-buffered saline such as bacteriostatic water for injection (BWFI), phosphate-buffered saline, Ringer's solution and dextrose solution.
  • BWFI bacteriostatic water for injection
  • phosphate-buffered saline such as phosphate-buffered saline, Ringer's solution and dextrose solution.
  • dextrose solution such as bacteriostatic water for injection (BWFI), phosphate-buffered saline, Ringer's solution
  • any of the above articles of manufacture may include an immunoconjugate as reported herein in place of or in addition to a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein.
  • Protein aliquots (50 ⁇ g) are deglycosylated by adding 0.5 ⁇ L N-Glycanase plus (Roche) and sodium phosphate buffer (0.1 M, pH 7.1) to obtain a final sample volume of 115 ⁇ L. The mixture is incubated at 37° C. for 18 h. Afterwards for reduction and denaturing 60 ⁇ L 0.5 M TCEP (Pierce) in 4 M guanidine*HCl (Pierce) and 50 ⁇ L 8 M guanidine*HCl are added. The mixture is incubated at 37° C. for 30 min.
  • ESI mass spectra (+ve) are recorded on a Q-TOF instrument (maXis, Bruker) equipped with a nano ESI source (TriVersa NanoMate, Advion).
  • MS parameter settings are as follows: Transfer: Funnel RF, 400 Vpp; ISCID Energy, 0 eV; Multipole RF, 400 Vpp; Quadrupole: Ion Energy, 4.0 eV; Low Mass, 600 m/z; Source: Dry Gas, 8 L/min; Dry Gas Temperature, 160° C.; Collision Cell: Collision Energy, 10 eV; Collision RF: 2000 Vpp; Ion Cooler: Ion Cooler RF, 300 Vpp; Transfer Time: 120 ⁇ s; Pre Puls Storage, 10 ⁇ s; scan range m/z 600 to 2000. For data evaluation in-house developed software (MassAnalyzer) is used.
  • SPR surface plasmon resonance
  • the FcRn receptor is immobilized onto a BIAcore CM5-biosensor chip (GE Healthcare Bioscience, Uppsala, Sweden) via amine coupling to a level of 400 Response units (RU).
  • the assay is carried out at room temperature with PBS, 0.05% Tween20 pH 6.0 (GE Healthcare Bioscience) as running and dilution buffer. 200 nM of samples are injected at a flow rate of 50 ⁇ L/min at room temperature. Association time is 180 sec., dissociation phase took 360 sec. Regeneration of the chip surface is reached by a short injection of HBS-P, pH 8.0. Evaluation of SPR-data is performed by comparison of the biological response signal height at 180 sec. after injection and at 300 sec. after injection. The corresponding parameters are the RU max level (180 sec. after injection) and late stability (300 sec. after end of injection).
  • the assay is based on surface plasmon resonance spectroscopy.
  • Protein A is immobilized onto the surface of a SPR biosensor.
  • the sensor chip is regenerated by dissolving the sample-protein A-complex.
  • the gained responses are then evaluated for the signal high in response units (RU) and the dissociation behavior.
  • the sample and system buffer is HBS-P+(0.01 M HEPES, 0.15 M NaCl, 0.005% Surfactant P20 Sterile-filtered, pH 7.4).
  • Flow cell temperature is set to 25° C. and sample compartment temperature to 12° C.
  • the system is primed with running buffer.
  • a 5 nM solutions of the sample constructs are injected for 120 seconds with a flow rate of 30 ⁇ L/min, followed by a 300 seconds dissociation phase.
  • the sensor chip surface is regenerated by two 30 seconds long injections of Glycine-HCl pH 1.5 at a flow rate of 30 ⁇ L/min. Each sample is measured as a triplicate.
  • the term “with (the) mutation IHH-AAA” as used herein refers the combination of the mutations I253A (Ile253A1a), H310A (His310A1a), and H435A (His435A1a) in a constant heavy chain region of IgG1 or IgG4 subclass (numbering according to the Kabat EU index numbering system), the term “with (the) mutation HHY-AAA” as used herein refers the combination of the mutations H310A (His310A1a), H433A (His433A1a) and Y436A (Tyr436A1a) in a constant heavy chain region of IgG1 or IgG4 subclass (numbering according to the Kabat EU index numbering system), the term “with (the) mutation P329G LALA” as used herein refers to the combination of the mutations L234A (Leu234A1a), L235A (Leu235A1a) and P329
  • Desired gene segments are ordered according to given specifications at Geneart (Regensburg, Germany).
  • DNA sequences are determined by double strand sequencing performed at MediGenomix GmbH (Martinsried, Germany) or SequiServe GmbH (Vaterstetten, Germany).
  • the GCG's (Genetics Computer Group, Madison, Wis.) software package version 10.2 and Infomax's Vector NT1 Advance suite version 8.0 is used for sequence creation, mapping, analysis, annotation and illustration.
  • expression vectors for transient expression e.g. in HEK293-F cells based either on a cDNA organization with or without a CMV-Intron A promoter or on a genomic organization with a CMV promoter are used.
  • the vectors contains:
  • the transcription unit of the antibody gene is composed of the following elements:
  • the nucleic acids encoding the antibody chains are generated by PCR and/or gene synthesis and assembled by known recombinant methods and techniques by connection of the according nucleic acid segments e.g. using unique restriction sites in the respective vectors.
  • the subcloned nucleic acid sequences are verified by DNA sequencing.
  • larger quantities of the vectors are prepared by vector preparation from transformed E. coli cultures (Nucleobond AX, Macherey-Nagel).
  • the bispecific antibodies are expressed by transient co-transfection of the respective expression vectors in HEK29-F cells growing in suspension as described below.
  • the monospecific and bispecific antibodies are generated by transient transfection with the respective vectors (e.g. encoding the heavy and modified heavy chain, as well as the corresponding light and modified light chain) using the HEK293-F system (Invitrogen) according to the manufacturer's instruction.
  • HEK293-F cells Invitrogen growing in suspension either in a shake flask or in a stirred fermenter in serum-free FreeStyleTM 293 expression medium (Invitrogen) are transfected with a mix of the respective expression vectors and 293fectinTM or fectin (Invitrogen).
  • HEK293-F cells are seeded at a density of 1*10 6 cells/mL in 600 mL and incubated at 120 rpm, 8% CO 2 .
  • Bispecific antibodies are purified from cell culture supernatants by affinity chromatography using MabSelectSure-SepharoseTM, hydrophobic interaction chromatography using butyl-Sepharose (GE Healthcare, Sweden) and Superdex 200 size exclusion (GE Healthcare, Sweden) chromatography.
  • sterile filtered cell culture supernatants are captured on a MabSelectSure resin equilibrated with PBS buffer (10 mM Na 2 HPO 4 , 1 mM KH 2 PO 4 , 137 mM NaCl and 2.7 mM KCl, pH 7.4), washed with equilibration buffer and eluted with 25 mM sodium citrate at pH 3.0.
  • the eluted antibody fractions are pooled and neutralized with 2 M Tris, pH 9.0.
  • the antibody pools are prepared for hydrophobic interaction chromatography by adding 1.6 M ammonium sulfate solution to a final concentration of 0.8 M ammonium sulfate and the pH adjusted to pH 5.0 using acetic acid.
  • the antibodies After equilibration of the butyl-Sepharose resin with 35 mM sodium acetate, 0.8 M ammonium sulfate, pH 5.0, the antibodies are applied to the resin, washed with equilibration buffer and eluted with a linear gradient to 35 mM sodium acetate pH 5.0.
  • the (monospecific or bispecific) antibody containing fractions were pooled and further purified by size exclusion chromatography using a Superdex 200 26/60 GL (GE Healthcare, Sweden) column equilibrated with 20 mM histidine, 140 mM NaCl, pH 6.0.
  • the (monospecific or bispecific) antibody containing fractions were pooled, concentrated to the required concentration using Vivaspin ultrafiltration devices (Sartorius Stedim Biotech S. A., France) and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Purity and antibody integrity can be analyzed after each purification step by CE-SDS using microfluidic Labchip technology (Caliper Life Science, USA). Five ⁇ L of protein solution is prepared for CE-SDS analysis using the HT Protein Express Reagent Kit according manufacturer's instructions and analyzed on Labchip GXII system using a HT Protein Express Chip. Data are analyzed using Labchip GX Software.
  • the aggregate content of antibody samples can be analyzed by high-performance SEC using a Superdex 200 analytical size-exclusion column (GE Healthcare, Sweden) in 2xPBS (20 mM Na 2 HPO 4 , 2 mM KH 2 PO 4 , 274 mM NaCl and 5.4 mM KCl, pH 7.4) running buffer at 25° C. 25 pg protein are injected on the column at a flow rate of 0.75 mL/min and eluted isocratic over 50 minutes.
  • 2xPBS 20 mM Na 2 HPO 4 , 2 mM KH 2 PO 4 , 274 mM NaCl and 5.4 mM KCl, pH 7.4
  • One gram streptavidin Sepharose (GE Healthcare) is added to the biotinylated and dialyzed receptor and incubated for two hours with shaking.
  • the receptor derivatized Sepharose is filled in a 1 mL XK column (GE Healthcare).
  • equilibration buffer 20 mM MES, with 150 mM NaCl, adjusted to pH 5.5
  • elution buffer 20 mM Tris/HCl, with 150 mM NaCl, adjusted to pH 8.8

Abstract

Herein is reported a heterodimeric polypeptide comprising a first polypeptide comprising in N-terminal to C-terminal direction at least a portion of an immunoglobulin hinge region, which comprises one or more cysteine residues, an immunoglobulin CH2-domain and an immunoglobulin CH3-domain, and a second polypeptide comprising in N-terminal to C-terminal direction at least a portion of an immunoglobulin hinge region, which comprises one or more cysteine residues, an immunoglobulin CH2-domain and an immunoglobulin CH3-domain, wherein the first polypeptide comprises the mutations Y349C, T366S, L368A and Y407V (hole-chain) and the second polypeptide comprises the mutations S354C and T366W (knob-chain), and wherein the first polypeptide (hole-chain) comprises the mutations i) I253A or I253G, and ii) L314A or L314G or L314D, and wherein the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide are connected by one or more disulfide bridges, and wherein the CH3-domain of the first polypeptide and the CH3-domain of the second polypeptide both bind or both do not bind to protein A (numbering according to the Kabat EU index).

Description

    CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application is a divisional of U.S. application Ser. No. 15/586,686, filed May 4, 2017 which is a continuation of International Application Number PCT/EP2015/075657, filed Nov. 4, 2015, which claims benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 119 to European Application Number 14192054.6, filed Nov. 6, 2014 which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
    • SEQUENCE LISTING
  • This application hereby incorporates by reference the material of the electronic Sequence Listing filed concurrently herewith. The material in the electronic Sequence Listing is submitted as a text file entitled Sequence_Listing.txt created on Dec. 15, 2020 which has a file size of 58.0 KB, and is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
    • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • Herein are reported IgG Fc-regions that have been modified with respect to Fc-receptor as well as protein A binding.
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • The demand for cost efficient production processes has led to the necessity of optimization of the downstream purification, including one or more affinity chromatography steps. Larger volumes to be processed and harder requirements for the cleaning-in-place (CIP) protocols are some of the features that need to be solved (Hober, S., J. Chrom. B. 848 (2007) 40-47).
  • The purification of monoclonal antibodies by means of selective Fc-region affinity ligands is the most promising methodology for the large-scale production of therapeutic monoclonal antibodies. In fact, this procedure does not require establishing any interaction with the antigen specific part of the antibody, i.e. the Fab domain, which is, thus, left intact and can retain its properties (see Salvalaglio, M., et al., J. Chrom. A 1216 (2009) 8678-8686).
  • Due to its selectiveness, an affinity-purification step is employed early in the purification chain and thereby the number of successive unit operations can be reduced (see Hober supra; MacLennan, J., Biotechnol. 13 (1995) 1180; Harakas, N. K., Bioprocess Technol. 18 (1994) 259).
  • The ligands most adopted to bind selectively IgG are Staphylococcal protein A and protein G, which are able to establish highly selective interactions with the Fc-region of most IgGs in a region known as “consensus binding site” (CBS) (DeLano, W. L., et al., Science 287 (2000) 1279), which is located at the hinge region between the CH2 and CH3 domains of the Fc-region.
  • Staphylococcal protein A (SPA) is a cell wall associated protein domain exposed on the surface of the Gram-positive bacterium Staphylococcus aureus. SPA has high affinity to IgG from various species, for instance human, rabbit and guinea pig IgG but only weak interaction with bovine and mouse IgG (see the following Table) (see Hober supra; Duhamel, R. C., et al., J. Immunol. Methods 31 (1979) 211; Björk, L. and Kronvall, G., Immunol. J. 133 (1984) 969; Richman, D. D., et al., J. Immunol. 128 (1982) 2300; Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Handbook, Antibody Purification (2000)).
  • species subclass protein A binding
    human IgG1 ++
    IgG2 ++
    IgG3 −−
    IgG4 ++
    IgA variable
    IgD −
    IgM variable
    rabbit no distinction ++
    guinea pig IgG1 ++
    IgG2 ++
    bovine +
    mouse IgG1 +
    IgG2a ++
    IgG2b +
    IgG3 +
    IgM variable
    chicken IgY −
    ++: strong binding/
    +: medium binding/
    −: weak or no interaction
  • The heavy chain hinge-region between the CH2 and CH3 domains of IgG is able to bind several proteins beyond protein A, such as the neonatal Fc receptor (FcRn) (see DeLano and Salvalaglio supra).
  • The SPA CBS comprehends a hydrophobic pocket on the surface of the antibody. The residues composing the IgG CBS are Ile 253, Ser 254, Met 252, Met 423, Tyr 326, His 435, Asn 434, His 433, Arg 255, and Glu 380 (numbering of the IgG heavy chain residues according to the Kabat EU index numbering system). The charged amino acids (Arg 255, Glu 380) are placed around a hydrophobic knob formed by Ile 253 and Ser 254. This (can) result in the establishment of polar and hydrophilic interactions (see Salvalaglio supra).
  • In general, the protein A-IgG interaction can be described using two main binding sites: the first is positioned in the heavy chain CH2 domain and is characterized by hydrophobic interactions between Phe 132, Leu 136, Ile 150 (of protein A) and the IgG hydrophobic knob constituted by Ile 253 and Ser 254, and by one electrostatic interaction between Lys 154 (protein A) and Thr 256 (IgG). The second site is located in the heavy chain CH3 domain and is dominated by electrostatic interactions between Gln 129 and Tyr 133 (protein A) and His 433, Asn 434, and His 435 (IgG) (see Salvalaglio supra).
  • Lindhofer, H., et al. (J. Immunol. 155 (1995) 219-225) report preferential species-restricted heavy/light chain pairing in rat/mouse quadromas.
  • Jedenberg, L., et al. (J. Immunol. Meth. 201 (1997) 25-34) reported that SPA-binding analyses of two Fc variants (Fc13 and Fc31, each containing an isotypic dipeptide substitution from the respective other isotype) showed that Fc1 and Fc31 interact with SPA, while Fc3 and Fc13 lack detectable SPA binding. The rendered SPA binding of the Fc-region variant Fc31 is concluded to result from the introduced dipeptide substitution R435H and F436Y.
  • Today the focus with respect to therapeutic monoclonal antibodies is on the generation and use of bispecific or even multispecific antibodies specifically binding to two or more targets (antigens).
  • The basic challenge in generating multispecific heterodimeric IgG antibodies from four antibody chains (two different heavy chains and two different light chains) in one expression cell line is the so-called chain association issue (see Klein, C., et al., mAbs 4 (2012) 653-663). The required use of different chains as the left and the right arm of the multispecific antibody leads to antibody mixtures upon expression in one cell: the two heavy chains are able to (theoretically) associate in four different combinations (two thereof are identical), and each of those can associate in a stochastic manner with the light chains, resulting in 24 (=a total of 16) theoretically possible chain combinations. Of the 16 theoretically possible combinations ten can be found of which only one corresponds to the desired functional bispecific antibody (De Lau, W. B., et al., J. Immunol. 146 (1991) 906-914). The difficulties in isolating this desired bispecific antibody out of complex mixtures and the inherent poor yield of 12.5% at a theoretical maximum make the production of a bispecific antibody in one expression cell line extremely challenging.
  • To overcome the chain association issue and enforce the correct association of the two different heavy chains, in the late 1990s Carter et al. from Genentech invented an approach termed “knobs-into-holes” (KiH) (see Carter, P., J. Immunol. Meth. 248 (2001) 7-15; Merchant, A. M., et al., Nat. Biotechnol. 16 (1998) 677-681; Zhu, Z., et al., Prot. Sci. 6 (1997) 781-788; Ridgway, J. B., et al., Prot. Eng. 9 (1996) 617-621; Atwell, S., et al., J. Mol. Biol. 270(1997) 26-35; and U.S. Pat. No. 7,183,076). Basically, the concept relies on modifications of the interface between the two CH3 domains of the two heavy chains of an antibody where most interactions occur. A bulky residue is introduced into the CH3 domain of one antibody heavy chain and acts similarly to a key (“knob”). In the other heavy chain, a “hole” is formed that is able to accommodate this bulky residue, mimicking a lock. The resulting heterodimeric Fc-region can be further stabilized by the introduction/formation of artificial disulfide bridges. Notably, all KiH mutations are buried within the CH3 domains and not “visible” to the immune system. In addition, properties of antibodies with KiH mutations such as (thermal) stability, FcγR binding and effector functions (e.g., ADCC, FcRn binding) and pharmacokinetic (PK) behavior are not affected.
  • Correct heavy chain association with heterodimerization yields above 97% can be achieved by introducing six mutations: S354C, T366W in the “knob” heavy chain and Y349C, T366S, L368A, Y407V in the “hole” heavy chain (see Carter supra; numbering of the residues according to the Kabat EU index numbering system). While hole-hole homodimers may occur, knob-knob homodimers typically are not observed. Hole-hole dimers can either be depleted by selective purification procedures or by procedures as outlined below.
  • While the issue of random heavy chain association has been addressed, also correct light chain association has to be ensured. Similar to the KiH CH3 domain approach, efforts have been undertaken to investigate asymmetric light chain-heavy chain interactions that might ultimately lead to full bispecific IgGs.
  • Roche recently developed the CrossMab approach as a possibility to enforce correct light chain pairing in bispecific heterodimeric IgG antibodies when combining it with the KiH technology (see Klein supra; Schaefer. W., et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 108 (2011) 11187-11192; Cain, C., SciBX 4 (2011) 1-4). This allows the generation of bispecific or even multispecific antibodies in a generic fashion. In this format, one arm of the intended bispecific antibody is left untouched. In the second arm, the whole Fab region, or the VH-VL domains or the CH1-CL domains are exchanged by domain crossover between the heavy and light chain. As a consequence, the newly formed “crossed” light chain does not associate with the (normal, i.e. not-crossed) heavy chain Fab region of the other arm of the bispecific antibody any longer. Thus, the correct “light chain” association can be enforced by this minimal change in domain arrangement (see Schaefer supra).
  • Zhu et al. introduced several sterically complementary mutations, as well as disulfide bridges, in the two VL/VH interfaces of diabody variants. When the mutations VL Y87A/F98M and VH V37F/L45W were introduced into the anti-p185HER2 VL/VH interface, a heterodimeric diabody was recovered with >90% yield while maintaining overall yield and affinity compared with the parental diabody (see Zhu supra).
  • Researchers from Chugai have similarly designed bispecific diabodies by introduction of mutations into the VH-VL interfaces (mainly conversion of Q39 in VH and Q38 in VL to charged residues) to foster correct light chain association (WO 2006/106905; Igawa, T., et al., Prot. Eng. Des. Sel. 23 (2010) 667-677).
  • In WO2011097603 a common light chain mouse is reported.
  • In WO2010151792 a bispecific antibody format providing ease of isolation is provided, comprising immunoglobulin heavy chain variable domains that are differentially modified, i.e. heterodimeric, in the CH3 domain, wherein the differential modifications are non-immunogenic or substantially non-immunogenic with respect to the CH3 modifications, and at least one of the modifications results in a differential affinity for the bispecific antibody for an affinity reagent such as protein A, and the bispecific antibody is isolable from a disrupted cell, from medium, or from a mixture of antibodies based on its affinity for protein A.
  • The neonatal Fc-receptor (FcRn) is important for the metabolic fate of antibodies of the IgG class in vivo. The FcRn functions to salvage IgG from the lysosomal degradation pathway, resulting in reduced clearance and increased half-life. It is a heterodimeric protein consisting of two polypeptides: a 50 kDa class I major histocompatibility complex-like protein (α-FcRn) and a 15 kDa β2-microglobulin (β2m). FcRn binds with high affinity to the CH2-CH3 portion of the Fc-region of an antibody of the class IgG. The interaction between an antibody of the class IgG and the FcRn is pH dependent and occurs in a 1:2 stoichiometry, i.e. one IgG antibody molecule can interact with two FcRn molecules via its two heavy chain Fc-region polypeptides (see e.g. Huber, A. H., et al., J. Mol. Biol. 230 (1993) 1077-1083).
  • Thus, an IgGs in vitro FcRn binding properties/characteristics are indicative of its in vivo pharmacokinetic properties in the blood circulation.
  • In the interaction between the FcRn and the Fc-region of an antibody of the IgG class different amino acid residues of the heavy chain CH2- and CH3-domain are participating.
  • Different mutations that influence the FcRn binding and therewith the half-live in the blood circulation are known. Fc-region residues critical to the mouse Fc-region-mouse FcRn interaction have been identified by site-directed mutagenesis (see e.g. Dall'Acqua, W. F., et al. J. Immunol 169 (2002) 5171-5180). Residues 1253, H310, H433, N434, and H435 (numbering according to Kabat EU index numbering system) are involved in the interaction (Medesan, C., et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 26 (1996) 2533-2536; Firan, M., et al., Int. Immunol. 13 (2001) 993-1002; Kim, J. K., et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 24 (1994) 542-548). Residues 1253, H310, and H435 were found to be critical for the interaction of human Fc-region with murine FcRn (Kim, J. K., et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 29 (1999) 2819-2885).
  • Methods to increase Fc-region (and likewise IgG) binding to FcRn have been performed by mutating various amino acid residues in the Fc-region: Thr 250, Met 252, Ser 254, Thr 256, Thr 307, Glu 380, Met 428, His 433, and Asn 434 (see Kuo, T. T., et al., J. Clin. Immunol. 30 (2010) 777-789; Ropeenian, D. C., et al., Nat. Rev. Immunol. 7 (2007) 715-725).
  • The combination of the mutations M252Y, S254T, T256E has been described by Dall'Acqua et al. to improve FcRn binding by protein-protein interaction studies (Dall'Acqua, W. F., et al. J. Biol. Chem. 281 (2006) 23514-23524). Studies of the human Fc-region-human FcRn complex have shown that residues 1253, S254, H435, and Y436 are crucial for the interaction (Firan, M., et al., Int. Immunol. 13 (2001) 993-1002; Shields, R. L., et al., J. Biol. Chem. 276 (2001) 6591-6604). In Yeung, Y. A., et al. (J. Immunol. 182 (2009) 7667-7671) various mutants of residues 248 to 259 and 301 to 317 and 376 to 382 and 424 to 437 have been reported and examined.
  • In US 2012/0009182 immunoglobulin variants with altered binding to protein A are reported. The alteration of FcRn binding affinities or serum half-lives of antibodies by mutagenesis is reported in WO 2004/035752.
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • Herein are reported variant Fc-regions that specifically bind to Staphylococcus protein A and that do or do not bind to human FcRn. These variant Fc-regions contain specific amino acid mutations in the CH2-domain whereas the CH3-domain is not changed with respect to protein A binding. It has been found that these mutations when used in the hole-chain of a heterodimeric Fc-region allow for the purification of the heterodimeric Fc-region, i.e. the separation of the heterodimeric Fc-region from the homodimeric Fc-region by-product (hole-chain-hole-chain dimer).
  • One aspect as reported herein is a heterodimeric polypeptide comprising
      • a first polypeptide comprising in N-terminal to C-terminal direction at least a portion of an immunoglobulin hinge region, which comprises one or more cysteine residues, an immunoglobulin CH2-domain and an immunoglobulin CH3-domain, and a second polypeptide comprising in N-terminal to C-terminal direction at least a portion of an immunoglobulin hinge region, which comprises one or more cysteine residues, an immunoglobulin CH2-domain and an immunoglobulin CH3-domain,
      • wherein the first polypeptide comprises the mutations Y349C, T366S, L368A and Y407V (hole-chain) and the second polypeptide comprises the mutations S354C and T366W (knob-chain),
      • and
      • wherein the first polypeptide (hole-chain) comprises the mutations
        • i) I253A or I253G, and
        • ii) L314A or L314G or L314D,
      • and
      • wherein the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide are connected by one, two or more disulfide bridges,
      • and
      • wherein the CH3-domain of the first polypeptide and the CH3-domain of the second polypeptide both bind or both do not bind to protein A
      • (numbering according to the Kabat EU index).
  • In one embodiment the first polypeptide (hole-chain) comprises the mutations
      • i) I253A or I253G, and
      • ii) L314A or L314G or L314D, and
      • iii) T250Q, and/or
      • iv) T256E or T256A.
  • In one embodiment the first polypeptide (hole-chain) comprises the mutations
      • i) I253A or I253G, and
      • ii) L314A or L314G or L314D, and
      • iii) optionally a) T250Q, and/or T256E or T256A, and
      • iv) a) L251A or L251G or L251D, and/or b) H310A or H310G.
  • In one embodiment the first polypeptide (hole-chain) comprises the mutation
      • i) I253A or I253G, and
      • ii) L314A or L314G or L314D, and
      • iii) a) T250Q, and/or T256E or T256A, and.
      • iv) a) L251A or L251G or L251D, and/or b) H310A or H310G.
      • v) optionally a) T307A or T307H or T307Q or T307P, and/or b) Q311H, and/or c) M252Y, and/or d) S254T.
  • In one embodiment the second polypeptide (knob-chain) comprises the mutation
      • i) T250Q, and/or
      • ii) M252Y, and/or
      • iii) S254T, and/or
      • iv) T256E or T256A, and/or
      • v) T307A or T307H or T307Q or T307P, and/or
      • vi) Q311H.
  • In one embodiment the immunoglobulin hinge region, the immunoglobulin CH2-domain and the immunoglobulin CH3-domain of the first and the second polypeptide are of the human IgG1 subclass. In one embodiment the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide each further comprise the mutations L234A and L235A. In one embodiment the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide each further comprise the mutation P329G. In one embodiment the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide each further comprise the mutations L234A, L235A and P329G.
  • In one embodiment the immunoglobulin hinge region, the immunoglobulin CH2-domain and the immunoglobulin CH3-domain of the first and the second polypeptide are of the human IgG4 subclass. In one embodiment the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide each further comprise the mutations S228P and L235E. In one embodiment the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide each further comprise the mutation P329G. In one embodiment the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide each further comprise the mutations S228P, L235E and P329G.
  • In one embodiment the heterodimeric polypeptide is an Fc-region fusion polypeptide.
  • In one embodiment the heterodimeric polypeptide is a full-length antibody.
  • In one embodiment the full-length antibody comprises a first polypeptide (hole-chain) with in addition to the hole-mutations the mutations I253A and L314A and a second polypeptide (knob-chain) with the knob-mutations (numbering according to Kabat).
  • In one embodiment the full-length antibody comprises a first polypeptide (hole-chain) with in addition to the hole-mutations the mutations L251A and L314A and a second polypeptide (knob-chain) with the knob-mutations (numbering according to Kabat).
  • In one embodiment the full-length antibody comprises a first polypeptide (hole-chain) with in addition to the hole-mutations the mutation L251A and a second polypeptide (knob-chain) with the knob-mutations (numbering according to Kabat).
  • In one embodiment the full-length antibody comprises a first polypeptide (hole-chain) with in addition to the hole-mutations the mutation I253A and a second polypeptide (knob-chain) with the knob-mutations (numbering according to Kabat).
  • In one embodiment the full-length antibody comprises a first polypeptide (hole-chain) with in addition to the hole-mutations the mutation L314 A and a second polypeptide (knob-chain) with the knob-mutations (numbering according to Kabat).
  • In one embodiment the full-length antibody comprises a first polypeptide (hole-chain) with in addition to the hole-mutations the mutation H310A and a second polypeptide (knob-chain) with the knob-mutations (numbering according to Kabat).
  • In one embodiment the full-length antibody comprises a first polypeptide (hole-chain) with in addition to the hole-mutations the mutations L251A, I253A and L314A and a second polypeptide (knob-chain) with the knob-mutations (numbering according to Kabat).
  • In one embodiment the full-length antibody comprises a first polypeptide (hole-chain) with in addition to the hole-mutations the mutations L251A, I253A and L314A and a second polypeptide (knob-chain) with in addition to the knob-mutations the mutation M252Y, S254T and T256E (numbering according to Kabat).
  • In one embodiment the full-length antibody comprises a first polypeptide (hole-chain) with in addition to the hole-mutations the mutations I253A, L314A, M428L and N434H and a second polypeptide (knob-chain) with in addition to the knob-mutations the mutation M252Y, S254T and T256E (numbering according to Kabat).
  • In one embodiment the full-length antibody further in addition comprises one or more of the mutations selected from the group comprising S17A, R19A, T57A, T57K, R66A, S70A, Y79A, Q81A, N82aA and S82bA in the heavy chain variable domain (numbering according to Kabat). In one embodiment the full-length antibody comprises one or more of the mutations selected from the group consisting of S17A, R19A, T57A, T57K, R66A, Q81A and N82aA in the heavy chain variable domain and has reduced binding to protein A compared to an antibody not having these mutations but having otherwise the identical amino acid sequence (numbering according to Kabat). In one embodiment the full-length antibody comprises one or more of the mutations selected from the group consisting of S70A, Y79A and S82bA in the heavy chain variable domain and has increased binding to protein A compared to an antibody not having these mutations but having otherwise the identical amino acid sequence (numbering according to Kabat).
  • In one embodiment the full length antibody is a monospecific antibody. In one embodiment the monospecific antibody is a monovalent monospecific antibody. In one embodiment the monospecific antibody is a bivalent monospecific antibody.
  • In one embodiment the full length antibody is a bispecific antibody. In one embodiment the bispecific antibody is a bivalent bispecific antibody. In one embodiment the bispecific antibody is a tetravalent bispecific antibody.
  • In one embodiment the full length antibody is a trispecific antibody. In one embodiment the trispecific antibody is a trivalent trispecific antibody. In one embodiment the trispecific antibody is a tetravalent trispecific antibody.
  • In one embodiment the heterodimeric polypeptide is a bispecific full length antibody comprising
      • a first polypeptide comprising in N-terminal to C-terminal direction a first heavy chain variable domain, an immunoglobulin CH1-domain of the subclass IgG1, an immunoglobulin hinge region of the subclass IgG1, an immunoglobulin CH2-domain of the subclass IgG1 and an immunoglobulin CH3-domain of the subclass IgG1,
      • a second polypeptide comprising in N-terminal to C-terminal direction a second heavy chain variable domain, an immunoglobulin CH1-domain of the subclass IgG1, an immunoglobulin hinge region of the subclass IgG1, an immunoglobulin CH2-domain of the subclass IgG1 and an immunoglobulin CH3-domain of the subclass IgG1,
      • a third polypeptide comprising in N-terminal to C-terminal direction a first light chain variable domain and a light chain constant domain,
      • a fourth polypeptide comprising in N-terminal to C-terminal direction a second light chain variable domain and a light chain constant domain,
      • wherein the first heavy chain variable domain and the first light chain variable domain form a first binding site that specifically binds to a first antigen,
      • wherein the second heavy chain variable domain and the second light chain variable domain form a second binding site that specifically binds to a second antigen,
      • wherein the first polypeptide comprises the mutations Y349C, T366S, L368A, and Y407V, L234A, L235A and P329G and the second polypeptide comprises the mutations S354C, and T366W, L234A, L235A and P329G
      • and
      • wherein the first polypeptide (hole-chain) comprises the mutations
        • i) I253A or I253G, and
        • ii) L314A or L314G or L314D,
      • and
      • wherein the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide are connected by one or more disulfide bridges,
      • and
      • wherein the CH3-domain of the first polypeptide and the CH3-domain of the second polypeptide both bind or both do not bind to protein A
      • (numbering according to the Kabat EU index).
  • In one embodiment the heterodimeric polypeptide is a bispecific full length antibody comprising
      • a first polypeptide comprising in N-terminal to C-terminal direction a first heavy chain variable domain, an immunoglobulin light chain constant domain, an immunoglobulin hinge region of the subclass IgG1, an immunoglobulin CH2-domain of the subclass IgG1 and an immunoglobulin CH3-domain of the subclass IgG1,
      • a second polypeptide comprising in N-terminal to C-terminal direction a second heavy chain variable domain, an immunoglobulin CH1-domain of the subclass IgG1, an immunoglobulin hinge region of the subclass IgG1, an immunoglobulin CH2-domain of the subclass IgG1 and an immunoglobulin CH3-domain of the subclass IgG1,
      • a third polypeptide comprising in N-terminal to C-terminal direction a first light chain variable domain and an immunoglobulin CH1-domain of the subclass IgG1,
      • a fourth polypeptide comprising in N-terminal to C-terminal direction a second light chain variable domain and a light chain constant domain,
      • wherein the first heavy chain variable domain and the first light chain variable domain form a first binding site that specifically binds to a first antigen,
      • wherein the second heavy chain variable domain and the second light chain variable domain form a second binding site that specifically binds to a second antigen,
      • wherein the first polypeptide comprises the mutations Y349C, T366S, L368A, and Y407V, L234A, L235A and P329G and the second polypeptide comprises the mutations S354C, and T366W, L234A, L235A and P329G,
      • and
      • wherein the first polypeptide (hole-chain) comprises the mutations
        • i) I253A or I253G, and
        • ii) L314A or L314G or L314D,
      • and
      • wherein the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide are connected by one or more disulfide bridges,
      • and
      • wherein the CH3-domain of the first polypeptide and the CH3-domain of the second polypeptide both bind or both do not bind to protein A
      • (numbering according to the Kabat EU index).
  • In one embodiment the heterodimeric polypeptide is a bispecific full length antibody comprising
      • a first polypeptide comprising in N-terminal to C-terminal direction a first heavy chain variable domain, an immunoglobulin CH1-domain of the subclass IgG4, an immunoglobulin hinge region of the subclass IgG4, an immunoglobulin CH2-domain of the subclass IgG4 and an immunoglobulin CH3-domain of the subclass IgG4,
      • a second polypeptide comprising in N-terminal to C-terminal direction a second heavy chain variable domain, an immunoglobulin CH1-domain of the subclass IgG4, an immunoglobulin hinge region of the subclass IgG4, an immunoglobulin CH2-domain of the subclass IgG4 and an immunoglobulin CH3-domain of the subclass IgG4,
      • a third polypeptide comprising in N-terminal to C-terminal direction a first light chain variable domain and a light chain constant domain,
      • a fourth polypeptide comprising in N-terminal to C-terminal direction a second light chain variable domain and a light chain constant domain,
      • wherein the first heavy chain variable domain and the first light chain variable domain form a first binding site that specifically binds to a first antigen,
      • wherein the second heavy chain variable domain and the second light chain variable domain form a second binding site that specifically binds to a second antigen,
      • wherein the first polypeptide comprises the mutations Y349C, T366S, L368A, and Y407V, S228P, L235E and P329G and the second polypeptide comprises the mutations S354C, and T366W, S228P, L235E and P329G,
      • and
      • wherein the first polypeptide (hole-chain) comprises the mutations
        • i) I253A or I253G, and
        • ii) L314A or L314G or L314D,
      • and
      • wherein the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide are connected by one or more disulfide bridges,
      • and
      • wherein the CH3-domain of the first polypeptide and the CH3-domain of the second polypeptide both bind or both do not bind to protein A
      • (numbering according to the Kabat EU index).
  • In one embodiment the heterodimeric polypeptide is a bispecific full length antibody comprising
      • a first polypeptide comprising in N-terminal to C-terminal direction a first heavy chain variable domain, an immunoglobulin light chain constant domain, an immunoglobulin hinge region of the subclass IgG4, an immunoglobulin CH2-domain of the subclass IgG4 and an immunoglobulin CH3-domain of the subclass IgG4,
      • a second polypeptide comprising in N-terminal to C-terminal direction a second heavy chain variable domain, an immunoglobulin CH1-domain of the subclass IgG4, an immunoglobulin hinge region of the subclass IgG4, an immunoglobulin CH2-domain of the subclass IgG4 and an immunoglobulin CH3-domain of the subclass IgG4,
      • a third polypeptide comprising in N-terminal to C-terminal direction a first light chain variable domain and an immunoglobulin CH1-domain of the subclass IgG4,
      • a fourth polypeptide comprising in N-terminal to C-terminal direction a second light chain variable domain and a light chain constant domain,
      • wherein the first heavy chain variable domain and the first light chain variable domain form a first binding site that specifically binds to a first antigen,
      • wherein the second heavy chain variable domain and the second light chain variable domain form a second binding site that specifically binds to a second antigen,
      • wherein the first polypeptide comprises the mutations Y349C, T366S, L368A, and Y407V, S228P, L235E and P329G and the second polypeptide comprises the mutations S354C, and T366W, S228P, L235E and P329G,
      • and
      • wherein the first polypeptide (hole-chain) comprises the mutations
        • i) I253A or I253G, and
        • ii) L314A or L314G or L314D,
      • and
      • wherein the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide are connected by one or more disulfide bridges,
      • and
      • wherein the CH3-domain of the first polypeptide and the CH3-domain of the second polypeptide both bind or both do not bind to protein A
      • (numbering according to the Kabat EU index).
  • In one embodiment the heterodimeric polypeptide is a bispecific full length antibody comprising
      • a first polypeptide comprising in N-terminal to C-terminal direction a first heavy chain variable domain, an immunoglobulin CH1-domain of the subclass IgG1, an immunoglobulin hinge region of the subclass IgG1, an immunoglobulin CH2-domain of the subclass IgG1, an immunoglobulin CH3-domain of the subclass IgG1, a peptidic linker and a first scFv,
      • a second polypeptide comprising in N-terminal to C-terminal direction a second heavy chain variable domain, an immunoglobulin CH1-domain of the subclass IgG1, an immunoglobulin hinge region of the subclass IgG1, an immunoglobulin CH2-domain of the subclass IgG1, an immunoglobulin CH3-domain of the subclass IgG1, a peptidic linker and a second scFv,
      • a third polypeptide comprising in N-terminal to C-terminal direction a first light chain variable domain and a light chain constant domain,
      • a fourth polypeptide comprising in N-terminal to C-terminal direction a second light chain variable domain and a light chain constant domain,
      • wherein the first heavy chain variable domain and the first light chain variable domain form a first binding site that specifically binds to a first antigen, and the second heavy chain variable domain and the second light chain variable domain form a second binding site that specifically binds to a first antigen, and the first and the second scFv specifically bind to a second antigen,
      • wherein the first polypeptide comprises the mutations Y349C, T366S, L368A, and Y407V, L234A, L235A and P329G and the second polypeptide comprises the mutations S354C, and T366W, L234A, L235A and P329G,
      • and
      • wherein the first polypeptide (hole-chain) comprises the mutations
        • i) I253A or I253G, and
        • ii) L314A or L314G or L314D,
      • and
      • wherein the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide are connected by one or more disulfide bridges,
      • and
      • wherein the CH3-domain of the first polypeptide and the CH3-domain of the second polypeptide both bind or both do not bind to protein A
      • (numbering according to the Kabat EU index).
  • In one embodiment the heterodimeric polypeptide is a bispecific full length antibody comprising
      • a first polypeptide comprising in N-terminal to C-terminal direction a first heavy chain variable domain, an immunoglobulin light chain constant domain, an immunoglobulin hinge region of the subclass IgG1, an immunoglobulin CH2-domain of the subclass IgG1, an immunoglobulin CH3-domain of the subclass IgG1, a peptidic linker and a first scFv,
      • a second polypeptide comprising in N-terminal to C-terminal direction a second heavy chain variable domain, an immunoglobulin CH1-domain of the subclass IgG1, an immunoglobulin hinge region of the subclass IgG1, an immunoglobulin CH2-domain of the subclass IgG1, an immunoglobulin CH3-domain of the subclass IgG1, a peptidic linker and a second scFv,
      • a third polypeptide comprising in N-terminal to C-terminal direction a first light chain variable domain and an immunoglobulin CH1-domain of the subclass IgG1,
      • a fourth polypeptide comprising in N-terminal to C-terminal direction a second light chain variable domain and a light chain constant domain,
      • wherein the first heavy chain variable domain and the first light chain variable domain form a first binding site that specifically binds to a first antigen, and the second heavy chain variable domain and the second light chain variable domain form a second binding site that specifically binds to a first antigen, and the first and the second scFv specifically bind to a second antigen,
      • wherein the first polypeptide comprises the mutations Y349C, T366S, L368A, and Y407V, L234A, L235A and P329G and the second polypeptide comprises the mutations S354C, and T366W, L234A, L235A and P329G,
      • and
      • wherein the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide are connected by one or more disulfide bridges.
  • One aspect as reported herein is a method for producing a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein comprising the following steps:
      • a) cultivating a mammalian cell comprising one or more nucleic acids encoding the heterodimeric polypeptide,
      • b) recovering the heterodimeric polypeptide from the cultivation medium, and
      • c) purifying the heterodimeric polypeptide with a protein A affinity chromatography and thereby producing the dimeric polypeptide.
  • One aspect as reported herein is the use of the combination of the mutations
      • i) I253A or I253G, and
      • ii) L314A or L314G or L314D,
  • for separating heterodimeric polypeptides from homodimeric polypeptides.
  • One aspect as reported herein is method of treatment of a patient suffering from ocular vascular diseases by administering a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein to a patient in the need of such treatment.
  • One aspect as reported herein is a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for intravitreal application.
  • One aspect as reported herein is a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for use as a medicament.
  • One aspect as reported herein is a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for the treatment of vascular eye diseases.
  • One aspect as reported herein is a pharmaceutical formulation comprising a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein and optionally a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • For using an antibody that targets/binds to antigens not only present in the eye but also in the remaining body a short systemic half-live after passage of the blood-ocular-barrier from the eye into the blood is beneficial in order to avoid systemic side effects.
  • Additionally an antibody that specifically binds to ligands of a receptor is only effective in the treatment of eye-diseases if the antibody-antigen complex is removed from the eye, i.e. the antibody functions as a transport vehicle for receptor ligands out of the eye and thereby inhibits receptor signaling.
  • One aspect as reported herein is the use of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for the transport of a soluble receptor ligand from the eye over the blood-ocular-barrier into the blood circulation.
  • One aspect as reported herein is the use of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for the removal of one or more soluble receptor ligands from the eye.
  • One aspect as reported herein is the use of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for the treatment of eye diseases, especially of ocular vascular diseases.
  • One aspect as reported herein is the use of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for the transport of one or more soluble receptor ligands from the intravitreal space to the blood circulation.
  • One aspect as reported herein is a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for use in treating an eye disease.
  • One aspect as reported herein is a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for use in the transport of a soluble receptor ligand from the eye over the blood-ocular-barrier into the blood circulation.
  • One aspect as reported herein is a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for use in the removal of one or more soluble receptor ligands from the eye.
  • One aspect as reported herein is a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for use in treating eye diseases, especially ocular vascular diseases.
  • One aspect as reported herein is a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for use in the transport of one or more soluble receptor ligands from the intravitreal space to the blood circulation.
  • One aspect as reported herein is a method of treating an individual having an ocular vascular disease comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein.
  • One aspect as reported herein is a method for transporting a soluble receptor ligand from the eye over the blood-ocular-barrier into the blood circulation in an individual comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein to transport a soluble receptor ligand from the eye over the blood-ocular-barrier into the blood circulation.
  • One aspect as reported herein is a method the removal of one or more soluble receptor ligands from the eye in an individual comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein to remove one or more soluble receptor ligands from the eye.
  • One aspect as reported herein is a method for the transport of one or more soluble receptor ligands from the intravitreal space to the blood circulation in an individual comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein to transport of one or more soluble receptor ligands from the intravitreal space to the blood circulation.
  • One aspect as reported herein is a method for transporting a soluble receptor ligand from the intravitreal space or the eye over the blood-ocular-barrier into the blood circulation in an individual comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein to transport a soluble receptor ligand from the eye over the blood-ocular-barrier into the blood circulation.
  • In one embodiment the heterodimeric polypeptide is a bispecific antibody. In one embodiment the bispecific antibody is a bivalent bispecific antibody. In one embodiment the bispecific antibody is a tetravalent bispecific antibody.
  • In one embodiment the heterodimeric polypeptide is a trispecific antibody. In one embodiment the trispecific antibody is a trivalent trispecific antibody. In one embodiment the trispecific antibody is a tetravalent trispecific antibody.
  • In one embodiment the heterodimeric polypeptide is a CrossMab.
  • In one embodiment the heterodimeric polypeptide is an Fc-region fusion polypeptide.
  • In one embodiment the first polypeptide further comprises the mutations Y349C, T366S, L368A and Y407V and the second polypeptide further comprises the mutations S354C and T366W.
  • In one embodiment the antibody or the Fc-region fusion polypeptide is of the subclass IgG1. In one embodiment the antibody or the Fc-region fusion polypeptide further comprise the mutations L234A and L235A. In one embodiment the antibody or the Fc-region fusion polypeptide further comprise the mutation P329G.
  • In one embodiment the antibody or the Fc-region fusion polypeptide is of the subclass IgG4. In one embodiment the antibody or the Fc-region fusion polypeptide further comprise the mutations S228P and L235E. In one embodiment the antibody or the Fc-region fusion polypeptide further comprise the mutation P329G.
    • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENTS OF THE INVENTION I. Definitions
  • The term “about” denotes a range of +/−20% of the thereafter following numerical value. In one embodiment the term about denotes a range of +/−10% of the thereafter following numerical value. In one embodiment the term about denotes a range of +/−5% of the thereafter following numerical value.
  • An “acceptor human framework” for the purposes herein is a framework comprising the amino acid sequence of a light chain variable domain (VL) framework or a heavy chain variable domain (VH) framework derived from a human immunoglobulin framework or a human consensus framework, as defined below. An acceptor human framework “derived from” a human immunoglobulin framework or a human consensus framework may comprise the same amino acid sequence thereof, or it may contain amino acid sequence alterations. In some embodiments, the number of amino acid alterations are 10 or less, 9 or less, 8 or less, 7 or less, 6 or less, 5 or less, 4 or less, 3 or less, or 2 or less. In some embodiments, the VL acceptor human framework is identical in sequence to the VL human immunoglobulin framework sequence or human consensus framework sequence.
  • An “affinity matured” antibody refers to an antibody with one or more alterations in one or more hypervariable regions (HVRs), compared to a parent antibody, which does not possess such alterations, such alterations resulting in an improvement in the affinity of the antibody for antigen.
  • The term “alteration” denotes the mutation (substitution), insertion (addition), or deletion of one or more amino acid residues in a parent antibody or fusion polypeptide, e.g. a fusion polypeptide comprising at least an FcRn binding portion of an Fc-region, to obtain a modified antibody or fusion polypeptide. The term, mutation” denotes that the specified amino acid residue is substituted for a different amino acid residue. For example the mutation L234A denotes that the amino acid residue lysine at position 234 in an antibody Fc-region (polypeptide) is substituted by the amino acid residue alanine (substitution of lysine with alanine) (numbering according to the Kabat EU index numbering system).
  • A “naturally occurring amino acid residues” denotes an amino acid residue from the group consisting of alanine (three letter code: Ala, one letter code: A), arginine (Arg, R), asparagine (Asn, N), aspartic acid (Asp, D), cysteine (Cys, C), glutamine (Gln, Q), glutamic acid (Glu, E), glycine (Gly, G), histidine (His, H), isoleucine (Ile, I), leucine (Leu, L), lysine (Lys, K), methionine (Met, M), phenylalanine (Phe, F), proline (Pro, P), serine (Ser, S), threonine (Thr, T), tryptophane (Trp, W), tyrosine (Tyr, Y), and valine (Val, V).
  • The term “amino acid mutation” denotes the substitution of at least one existing amino acid residue with another different amino acid residue (=replacing amino acid residue). The replacing amino acid residue may be a “naturally occurring amino acid residues” and selected from the group consisting of alanine (three letter code: Ala, one letter code: A), arginine (Arg, R), asparagine (Asn, N), aspartic acid (asp, D), cysteine (Cys, C), glutamine (Gln, Q), glutamic acid (Glu, E), glycine (glee, G), histidine (his, H), isoleucine (lie, I), leucine (Leu, L), lysine (lees, K), methionine (met, M), phenylalanine (Phe, F), proline (pro, P), serine (seer, S), threonine (Thr, T), tryptophan (Trp, W), tyrosine (try, Y), and valine (Val, V). The replacing amino acid residue may be a “non-naturally occurring amino acid residue”. See e.g. U.S. Pat. No. 6,586,207, WO 98/48032, WO 03/073238, US 2004/0214988, WO 2005/35727, WO 2005/74524, Chin, J. W., et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 124 (2002) 9026-9027; Chin, J. W. and Schultz, P. G., ChemBioChem 11 (2002) 1135-1137; Chin, J. W., et al., PICAS United States of America 99 (2002) 11020-11024; and, Wang, L. and Schultz, P. G., Chem. (2002) 1-10 (all entirely incorporated by reference herein).
  • The term “amino acid deletion” denotes the removal of at least one amino acid residue at a predetermined position in an amino acid sequence.
  • The term “antibody” herein is used in the broadest sense and encompasses various antibody structures, including but not limited to monoclonal antibodies, multispecific antibodies (e.g. bispecific antibodies, trispecific antibodies), and antibody fragments so long as they exhibit the desired antigen-, and/or protein A and/or FcRn-binding activity.
  • The term “asymmetric Fc-region” denotes a pair of Fc-region polypeptides that have different amino acid residues at corresponding positions according to the Kabat EU index numbering system.
  • The term “asymmetric Fc-region with respect to FcRn binding” denotes an Fc-region that consists of two polypeptide chains that have different amino acid residues at corresponding positions, whereby the positions are determined according to the Kabat EU index numbering system, whereby the different positions affect the binding of the Fc-region to the human neonatal Fc-receptor (FcRn). For the purpose herein the differences between the two polypeptide chains of the Fc-region in an “asymmetric Fc-region with respect to FcRn binding” do not include differences that have been introduced to facilitate the formation of heterodimeric Fc-regions, e.g. for the production of bispecific antibodies. These differences can also be asymmetric, i.e. the two chains have differences at non-corresponding amino acid residues according to the Kabat EU index numbering system. These differences facilitate heterodimerization and reduce homodimerization. Examples of such differences are the so-called “knobs into holes” substitutions (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,695,936 and US 2003/0078385). The following knobs and holes substitutions in the individual polypeptide chains of an Fc-region of an IgG antibody of subclass IgG1 have been found to increase heterodimer formation: 1) Y407T in one chain and T366Y in the other chain; 2) Y407A in one chain and T366W in the other chain; 3) F405A in one chain and T394W in the other chain; 4) F405W in one chain and T394S in the other chain; 5) Y407T in one chain and T366Y in the other chain; 6) T366Y and F405A in one chain and T394W and Y407T in the other chain; 7) T366W and F405W in one chain and T394S and Y407A in the other chain; 8) F405W and Y407A in one chain and T366W and T394S in the other chain; and 9) T366W in one chain and T366S, L368A, and Y407V in the other chain, whereby the last listed is especially suited. In addition, changes creating new disulfide bridges between the two Fc-region polypeptide chains facilitate heterodimer formation (see, e.g., US 2003/0078385). The following substitutions resulting in appropriately spaced apart cysteine residues for the formation of new intra-chain disulfide bonds in the individual polypeptide chains of an Fc-region of an IgG antibody of subclass IgG1 have been found to increase heterodimer formation: Y349C in one chain and S354C in the other; Y349C in one chain and E356C in the other; Y349C in one chain and E357C in the other; L351C in one chain and S354C in the other; T394C in one chain and E397C in the other; or D399C in one chain and K392C in the other. Further examples of heterodimerization facilitating amino acid changes are the so-called “charge pair substitutions” (see, e.g., WO 2009/089004). The following charge pair substitutions in the individual polypeptide chains of an Fc-region of an IgG antibody of subclass IgG1 have been found to increase heterodimer formation: 1) K409D or K409E in one chain and D399K or D399R in the other chain; 2) K392D or K392E in one chain and D399K or D399R in the other chain; 3) K439D or K439E in one chain and E356K or E356R in the other chain; 4) K370D or K370E in one chain and E357K or E357R in the other chain; 5) K409D and K360D in one chain plus D399K and E356K in the other chain; 6) K409D and K370D in one chain plus D399K and E357K in the other chain; 7) K409D and K392D in one chain plus D399K, E356K, and E357K in the other chain; 8) K409D and K392D in one chain and D399K in the other chain; 9) K409D and K392D in one chain and D399K and E356K in the other chain; 10) K409D and K392D in one chain and D399K and D357K in the other chain; 11) K409D and K370D in one chain and D399K and D357K in the other chain; 12) D399K in one chain and K409D and K360D in the other chain; and 13) K409D and K439D in one chain and D399K and E356K on the other.
  • The term “binding (to an antigen)” denotes the binding of an antibody to its antigen in an in vitro assay, in one embodiment in a binding assay in which the antibody is bound to a surface and binding of the antigen to the antibody is measured by Surface Plasmon Resonance (SPR). Binding means a binding affinity (KD) of 10−8 M or less, in some embodiments of 10−13 to 10−8 M, in some embodiments of 10−13 to 10−9 M.
  • Binding can be investigated by a BIAcore assay (GE Healthcare Biosensor AB, Uppsala, Sweden). The affinity of the binding is defined by the terms ka (rate constant for the association of the antibody from the antibody/antigen complex), kd (dissociation constant), and KD(kd/ka).
  • The term “chimeric” antibody refers to an antibody in which a portion of the heavy and/or light chain is derived from a particular source or species, while the remainder of the heavy and/or light chain is derived from a different source or species.
  • The term “CH2-domain” denotes the part of an antibody heavy chain polypeptide that extends approximately from EU position 231 to EU position 340 (EU numbering system according to Kabat). In one embodiment a CH2 domain has the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 01: APELLGG PSVFLFPPKP KDTLMISRTP EVTCVWDVS HEDPEVKFNW YVDGVEVHNA KTKPREEQ E STYRWSVLT VLHQDWLNGK EYKCKVSNKA LPAPIEKTIS KAK.
  • The term “CH3-domain” denotes the part of an antibody heavy chain polypeptide that extends approximately from EU position 341 to EU position 446. In one embodiment the CH3 domain has the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 02: GQPREPQ VYTLPPSRDE LTKNQVSLTC LVKGFYPSDI AVEWESNGQP ENNYKTTPPV LDSDGSFFLY SKLTVDKSRW QQGNVFSCSV MHEALHNHYT QKSLSLSPG.
  • The “class” of an antibody refers to the type of constant domain or constant region possessed by its heavy chain. There are five major classes of antibodies: IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG, and IgM, and several of these may be further divided into subclasses (isotypes), e.g., IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA1, and IgA2. The heavy chain constant domains that correspond to the different classes of immunoglobulins are called α, δ, ε, γ, and μ, respectively.
  • The term “comparable length” denotes that two polypeptides comprise the identical number of amino acid residues or can be different in length by one or more and up to 10 amino acid residues at most. In one embodiment the (Fc-region) polypeptides comprise the identical number of amino acid residues or differ by a number of from 1 to 10 amino acid residues. In one embodiment the (Fc-region) polypeptides comprise the identical number of amino acid residues or differ by a number of from 1 to 5 amino acid residues. In one embodiment the (Fc-region) polypeptides comprise the identical number of amino acid residues or differ by a number of from 1 to 3 amino acid residues.
  • “Effector functions” refer to those biological activities attributable to the Fc-region of an antibody, which vary with the antibody class. Examples of antibody effector functions include: C1 q binding and complement dependent cytotoxicity (CDC); Fc receptor binding; antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC); phagocytosis; down regulation of cell surface receptors (e.g. B cell receptor); and B-cell activation.
  • An “effective amount” of an agent, e.g., a pharmaceutical formulation, refers to an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired therapeutic or prophylactic result.
  • The term “Fc-fusion polypeptide” denotes a fusion of a binding domain (e.g. an antigen binding domain such as a single chain antibody, or a polypeptide such as a ligand of a receptor) with an antibody Fc-region that exhibits the desired target-, protein A- and FcRn-binding activity.
  • The term “Fc-region of human origin” denotes the C-terminal region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain of human origin that contains at least a part of the hinge region, the CH2 domain and the CH3 domain. In one embodiment, a human IgG heavy chain Fc-region extends from Cys226, or from Pro230, to the carboxyl-terminus of the heavy chain. In one embodiment the Fc-region has the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 03. However, the C-terminal lysine (Lys447) of the Fc-region may or may not be present.
  • As used herein, the amino acid positions of all constant regions and domains of the heavy and light chain are numbered according to the Kabat numbering system described in Kabat, et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th ed., Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991) and is referred to as “numbering according to Kabat” herein. Specifically the Kabat numbering system (see pages 647-660) of Kabat, et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th ed., Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991) is used for the light chain constant domain CL of kappa and lambda isotype and the Kabat EU index numbering system (see pages 661-723) is used for the constant heavy chain domains (CH1, Hinge, CH2 and CH3).
  • The term “FcRn” denotes the human neonatal Fc-receptor. FcRn functions to salvage IgG from the lysosomal degradation pathway, resulting in reduced clearance and increased half-life. The FcRn is a heterodimeric protein consisting of two polypeptides: a 50 kDa class I major histocompatibility complex-like protein (α-FcRn) and a 15 kDa β2-microglobulin β2m). FcRn binds with high affinity to the CH2-CH3 portion of the Fc-region of IgG. The interaction between IgG and FcRn is strictly pH dependent and occurs in a 1:2 stoichiometry, with one IgG binding to two FcRn molecules via its two heavy chains (Huber, A. H., et al., J. Mol. Biol. 230 (1993) 1077-1083). FcRn binding occurs in the endosome at acidic pH (pH<6.5) and IgG is released at the neutral cell surface (pH of about 7.4). The pH-sensitive nature of the interaction facilitates the FcRn-mediated protection of IgGs pinocytosed into cells from intracellular degradation by binding to the receptor within the acidic environment of endosomes. FcRn then facilitates the recycling of IgG to the cell surface and subsequent release into the blood stream upon exposure of the FcRn-IgG complex to the neutral pH environment outside the cell.
  • The term “FcRn binding portion of an Fc-region” denotes the part of an antibody heavy chain polypeptide that extends approximately from EU position 243 to EU position 261 and approximately from EU position 275 to EU position 293 and approximately from EU position 302 to EU position 319 and approximately from EU position 336 to EU position 348 and approximately from EU position 367 to EU position 393 and EU position 408 and approximately from EU position 424 to EU position 440. In one embodiment one or more of the following amino acid residues according to the EU numbering of Kabat are altered F243, P244, P245 P, K246, P247, K248, D249, T250, L251, M252, 1253, S254, R255, T256, P257, E258, V259, T260, C261, F275, N276, W277, Y278, V279, D280, V282, E283, V284, H285, N286, A287, K288, T289, K290, P291, R292, E293, V302, V303, S304, V305, L306, T307, V308, L309, H310, Q311, D312, W313, L314, N315, G316, K317, E318, Y319, 1336, S337, K338, A339, K340, G341, Q342, P343, R344, E345, P346, Q347, V348, C367, V369, F372, Y373, P374, S375, D376, 1377, A378, V379, E380, W381, E382, S383, N384, G385, Q386, P387, E388, N389, Y391, T393, S408, S424, C425, S426, V427, M428, H429, E430, A431, L432, H433, N434, H435, Y436, T437, Q438, K439, and S440 (EU numbering).
  • “Framework” or “FR” refers to variable domain residues other than hypervariable region (HVR) residues. The FR of a variable domain generally consists of four FR domains: FR1, FR2, FR3, and FR4. Accordingly, the HVR and FR sequences generally appear in the following sequence in VH (or VL): FR1-H1(L1)-FR2-H2(L2)-FR3-H3(L3)-FR4.
  • The term “full length antibody” denotes an antibody having a structure substantially similar to a native antibody structure comprising four polypeptides or having heavy chains that contain an Fc-region as defined herein. A full-length antibody may comprise further domains, such as e.g. a scFv or a scFab conjugated to one or more of the chains of the full-length antibody. These conjugates are also encompassed by the term full-length antibody.
  • The term “dimeric polypeptide” denotes a complex comprising at least two polypeptides that are associated covalently. The complex may comprise further polypeptides that are also associated covalently or non-covalently with the other polypeptides. In one embodiment the dimeric polypeptide comprises two or four polypeptides.
  • The terms “heterodimer” or “heterodimeric” denote a molecule that comprises two polypeptides (e.g. of comparable length), wherein the two polypeptides have an amino acid sequence that have at least one different amino acid residue in a corresponding position, whereby corresponding position is determined according to the Kabat EU index numbering system.
  • The terms “homodimer” and “homodimeric” denote a molecule that comprises two polypeptides of comparable length, wherein the two polypeptides have an amino acid sequence that is identical in corresponding positions, whereby corresponding positions are determined according to the Kabat EU index numbering system.
  • A heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein is heterodimeric determined with respect to mutations or properties in focus. For example, with respect to FcRn and/or protein A binding (i.e. the focused on properties) a dimeric polypeptide is homodimeric (i.e. both polypeptides of the dimeric polypeptide comprise these mutations) with respect to the mutations H310A, H433A and Y436A (these mutations are in focus with respect to FcRn and/or protein A binding property of the dimeric polypeptide) but at the same time heterodimeric with respect to the mutations Y349C, T366S, L368A and Y407V (these mutations are not in focus as these mutations are directed to the heterodimerization of the dimeric polypeptide and not to the FcRn/protein A binding properties) as well as the mutations S354C and T366W, respectively (the first set is comprised only in the first polypeptide whereas the second set is comprised only in the second polypeptide). Further for example, a dimeric polypeptide as reported herein can be heterodimeric with respect to the mutations I253A, H310A, H433A, H435A and Y436A (i.e. these mutations are directed all to the FcRn and/or protein A binding properties of the dimeric polypeptide), i.e. one polypeptide comprises the mutations I253A, H310A and H435A, whereas the other polypeptide comprises the mutations H310A, H433A and Y436A.
  • The terms “host cell”, “host cell line”, and “host cell culture” are used interchangeably and refer to cells into which exogenous nucleic acid has been introduced, including the progeny of such cells. Host cells include “transformants” and “transformed cells,” which include the primary transformed cell and progeny derived therefrom without regard to the number of passages. Progeny may not be completely identical in nucleic acid content to a parent cell, but may contain mutations. Mutant progeny that have the same function or biological activity as screened or selected for in the originally transformed cell are included herein.
  • A “human antibody” is one that possesses an amino acid sequence which corresponds to that of an antibody produced by a human or a human cell or derived from a non-human source that utilizes human antibody repertoires or other human antibody-encoding sequences. This definition of a human antibody specifically excludes a humanized antibody comprising non-human antigen-binding residues.
  • A “human consensus framework” is a framework, which represents the most commonly occurring amino acid residues in a selection of human immunoglobulin VL or VH framework sequences. Generally, the selection of human immunoglobulin VL or VH sequences is from a subgroup of variable domain sequences. Generally, the subgroup of sequences is a subgroup as in Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th ed., Bethesda Md. (1991), NIH Publication 91-3242, Vols. 1-3. In one embodiment, for the VL, the subgroup is subgroup kappa I as in Kabat et al., supra. In one embodiment, for the VH, the subgroup is subgroup III as in Kabat et al., supra.
  • The term “derived from” denotes that an amino acid sequence is derived from a parent amino acid sequence by introducing alterations at at least one position. Thus a derived amino acid sequence differs from the corresponding parent amino acid sequence at at least one corresponding position (numbering according to Kabat EU index for antibody Fc-regions). In one embodiment an amino acid sequence derived from a parent amino acid sequence differs by one to fifteen amino acid residues at corresponding positions. In one embodiment an amino acid sequence derived from a parent amino acid sequence differs by one to ten amino acid residues at corresponding positions. In one embodiment an amino acid sequence derived from a parent amino acid sequence differs by one to six amino acid residues at corresponding positions. Likewise a derived amino acid sequence has a high amino acid sequence identity to its parent amino acid sequence. In one embodiment an amino acid sequence derived from a parent amino acid sequence has 80% or more amino acid sequence identity. In one embodiment an amino acid sequence derived from a parent amino acid sequence has 90% or more amino acid sequence identity. In one embodiment an amino acid sequence derived from a parent amino acid sequence has 95% or more amino acid sequence identity.
  • The term “human Fc-region polypeptide” denotes an amino acid sequence, which is identical to a “native” or “wild-type” human Fc-region polypeptide. The term “variant (human) Fc-region polypeptide” denotes an amino acid sequence, which is derived from a “native” or “wild-type” human Fc-region polypeptide by virtue of at least one “amino acid alteration”. A “human Fc-region” is consisting of two human Fc-region polypeptides. A “variant (human) Fc-region” is consisting of two Fc-region polypeptides, whereby both can be variant (human) Fc-region polypeptides or one is a human Fc-region polypeptide and the other is a variant (human) Fc-region polypeptide.
  • In one embodiment the human Fc-region polypeptide has the amino acid sequence of a human IgG1 Fc-region polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 03, or of a human IgG2 Fc-region polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 04, or of a human IgG4 Fc-region polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 06 with the mutations as reported herein. In one embodiment the variant (human) Fc-region polypeptide is derived from an Fc-region polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 03, or 04, or 06 and has at least one amino acid mutation compared to the Fc-region polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 03, or 04, or 06. In one embodiment the variant (human) Fc-region polypeptide comprises/has from about one to about ten amino acid mutations, and in one embodiment from about one to about five amino acid mutations. In one embodiment the variant (human) Fc-region polypeptide has at least about 80% homology with a human Fc-region polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 03, or 04, or 06. In one embodiment the variant (human) Fc-region polypeptide has least about 90% homology with a human Fc-region polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 03, or 04, or 06. In one embodiment the variant (human) Fc-region polypeptide has at least about 95% homology with a human Fc-region polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 03, or 04, or 06.
  • The variant (human) Fc-region polypeptide derived from a human Fc-region polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 03, or 04, or 06 is defined by the amino acid alterations that are contained. Thus, for example, the term P329G denotes a variant (human) Fc-region polypeptide derived human Fc-region polypeptide with the mutation of proline to glycine at amino acid position 329 relative to the human Fc-region polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 03, or 04, or 06.
  • A human IgG1 Fc-region polypeptide has the following amino acid sequence:
  • (SEQ ID NO: 03)
    DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHED
    PEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYK
    CKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVK
    GFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQG
    NVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK.
  • A human IgG1 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with the mutations L234A, L235A has the following amino acid sequence:
  • (SEQ ID NO: 07)
    DKTHTCPPCPAPEAAGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHED
    PEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYK
    CKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVK
    GFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQG
    NVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK.
  • A human IgG1 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with Y349C, T366S, L368A and Y407V mutations has the following amino acid sequence:
  • (SEQ ID NO: 08)
    DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHED
    PEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYK
    CKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVCTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLSCAVK
    GFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLVSKLTVDKSRWQQG
    NVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK.
  • A human IgG1 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with S354C, T366W mutations has the following amino acid sequence:
  • (SEQ ID NO: 09)
    DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHED
    PEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYK
    CKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPCRDELTKNQVSLWCLVK
    GFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQG
    NVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK.
  • A human IgG1 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with L234A, L235A mutations and Y349C, T366S, L368A, Y407V mutations has the following amino acid sequence:
  • (SEQ ID NO: 10)
    DKTHTCPPCPAPEAAGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHED
    PEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYK
    CKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVCTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLSCAVK
    GFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLVSKLTVDKSRWQQG
    NVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK.
  • A human IgG1 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with a L234A, L235A and S354C, T366W mutations has the following amino acid sequence:
  • (SEQ ID NO: 11)
    DKTHTCPPCPAPEAAGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHED
    PEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYK
    CKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPCRDELTKNQVSLWCLVK
    GFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQG
    NVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK.
  • A human IgG1 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with a P329G mutation has the following amino acid sequence:
  • (SEQ ID NO: 12)
    DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHED
    PEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYK
    CKVSNKALGAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVK
    GFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQG
    NVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK.
  • A human IgG1 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with L234A, L235A mutations and P329G mutation has the following amino acid sequence:
  • (SEQ ID NO: 13)
    DKTHTCPPCPAPEAAGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHED
    PEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYK
    CKVSNKALGAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVK
    GFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQG
    NVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK.
  • A human IgG1 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with a P239G mutation and Y349C, T366S, L368A, Y407V mutations has the following amino acid sequence:
  • (SEQ ID NO: 14)
    DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHED
    PEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYK
    CKVSNKALGAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVCTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLSCAVK
    GFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLVSKLTVDKSRWQQG
    NVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK.
  • A human IgG1 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with a P329G mutation and S354C, T366W mutation has the following amino acid sequence:
  • (SEQ ID NO: 15)
    DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHED
    PEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYK
    CKVSNKALGAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPCRDELTKNQVSLWCLVK
    GFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQG
    NVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK.
  • A human IgG1 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with L234A, L235A, P329G and Y349C, T366S, L368A, Y407V mutations has the following amino acid sequence:
  • (SEQ ID NO: 16)
    DKTHTCPPCPAPEAAGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHED
    PEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYK
    CKVSNKALGAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVCTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLSCAVK
    GFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLVSKLTVDKSRWQQG
    NVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK.
  • A human IgG1 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with L234A, L235A, P329G mutations and S354C, T366W mutations has the following amino acid sequence:
  • (SEQ ID NO: 17)
    DKTHTCPPCPAPEAAGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHED
    PEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYK
    CKVSNKALGAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPCRDELTKNQVSLWCLVK
    GFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQG
    NVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK.
  • A human IgG4 Fc-region polypeptide has the following amino acid sequence:
  • (SEQ ID NO: 06)
    ESKYGPPCPSCPAPEFLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSQ
    EDPEVQFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQFNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKE
    YKCKVSNKGLPSSIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSQEEMTKNQVSLTCL
    VKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSRLTVDKSRWQ
    EGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSLGK.
  • A human IgG4 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with S228P and L235E mutations has the following amino acid sequence:
  • (SEQ ID NO: 18)
    ESKYGPPCPPCPAPEFEGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSQ
    EDPEVQFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQFNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKE
    YKCKVSNKGLPSSIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSQEEMTKNQVSLTCL
    VKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSRLTVDKSRWQ
    EGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSLGK.
  • A human IgG4 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with S228P, L235E mutations and P329G mutation has the following amino acid sequence:
  • (SEQ ID NO: 19)
    ESKYGPPCPPCPAPEFEGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSQ
    EDPEVQFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQFNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKE
    YKCKVSNKGLGSSIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSQEEMTKNQVSLTCL
    VKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSRLTVDKSRWQ
    EGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSLGK.
  • A human IgG4 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with S354C, T366W mutations has the following amino acid sequence:
  • (SEQ ID NO: 20)
    ESKYGPPCPSCPAPEFLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSQ
    EDPEVQFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQFNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKE
    YKCKVSNKGLPSSIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPCQEEMTKNQVSLWCL
    VKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSRLTVDKSRWQ
    VVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSLGK.
  • A human IgG4 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with Y349C, T366S, L368A, Y407V mutations has the following amino acid sequence:
  • (SEQ ID NO: 21)
    ESKYGPPCPSCPAPEFLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSQ
    EDPEVQFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQFNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKE
    YKCKVSNKGLPSSIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVCTLPPSQEEMTKNQVSLSCA
    VKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLVSRLTVDKSRWQ
    EGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSLGK.
  • A human IgG4 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with a S228P, L235E and S354C, T366W mutations has the following amino acid sequence:
  • (SEQ ID NO: 22)
    ESKYGPPCPPCPAPEFEGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSQ
    EDPEVQFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQFNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKE
    YKCKVSNKGLPSSIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPCQEEMTKNQVSLWCL
    VKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSRLTVDKSRWQ
    EGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSLGK.
  • A human IgG4 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with a S228P, L235E and Y349C, T366S, L368A, Y407V mutations has the following amino acid sequence:
  • (SEQ ID NO: 23)
    ESKYGPPCPPCPAPEFEGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSQ
    EDPEVQFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQFNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKE
    YKCKVSNKGLPSSIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVCTLPPSQEEMTKNQVSLSCA
    VKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLVSRLTVDKSRWQ
    EGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSLGK.
  • A human IgG4 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with a P329G mutation has the following amino acid sequence:
  • (SEQ ID NO: 24)
    ESKYGPPCPSCPAPEFLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSQ
    EDPEVQFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQFNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKE
    YKCKVSNKGLGSSIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSQEEMTKNQVSLTCL
    VKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSRLTVDKSRWQ
    EGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSLGK.
  • A human IgG4 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with a P239G and Y349C, T366S, L368A, Y407V mutations has the following amino acid sequence:
  • (SEQ ID NO: 25)
    ESKYGPPCPSCPAPEFLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSQ
    EDPEVQFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQFNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKE
    YKCKVSNKGLGSSIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVCTLPPSQEEMTKNQVSLSCA
    VKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLVSRLTVDKSRWQ
    EGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSLGK.
  • A human IgG4 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with a P329G and S354C, T366W mutations has the following amino acid sequence:
  • (SEQ ID NO: 26)
    ESKYGPPCPSCPAPEFLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSQ
    EDPEVQFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQFNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKE
    YKCKVSNKGLGSSIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPCQEEMTKNQVSLWCL
    VKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSRLTVDKSRWQ
    EGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSLGK.
  • A human IgG4 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with a S228P, L235E, P329G and Y349C, T366S, L368A, Y407V mutations has the following amino acid sequence:
  • (SEQ ID NO: 27)
    ESKYGPPCPPCPAPEFEGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSQ
    EDPEVQFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQFNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKE
    YKCKVSNKGLGSSIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVCTLPPSQEEMTKNQVSLSCA
    VKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLVSRLTVDKSRWQ
    EGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSLGK.
  • A human IgG4 Fc-region derived Fc-region polypeptide with a S228P, L235E, P329G and S354C, T366W mutations has the following amino acid sequence:
  • (SEQ ID NO: 28)
    ESKYGPPCPPCPAPEFEGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSQ
    EDPEVQFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQFNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKE
    YKCKVSNKGLGSSIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPCQEEMTKNQVSLWCL
    VKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSRLTVDKSRWQ
    EGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSLGK.
  • A “humanized” antibody refers to a chimeric antibody comprising amino acid residues from non-human HVRs and amino acid residues from human FRs. In certain embodiments, a humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the HVRs (e.g., the CDRs) correspond to those of a non-human antibody, and all or substantially all of the FRs correspond to those of a human antibody. A humanized antibody optionally may comprise at least a portion of an antibody constant region derived from a human antibody. A “humanized form” of an antibody, e.g., a non-human antibody, refers to an antibody that has undergone humanization.
  • The term “hypervariable region” or “HVR”, as used herein, refers to each of the regions of an antibody variable domain which are hypervariable in sequence (“complementarity determining regions” or “CDRs”) and form structurally defined loops (“hypervariable loops”), and/or contain the antigen-contacting residues (“antigen contacts”). Generally, antibodies comprise six HVRs; three in the VH (H1, H2, H3), and three in the VL (L1, L2, L3). HVRs as denoted herein include
      • (a) hypervariable loops occurring at amino acid residues 26-32 (L1), 50-52 (L2), 91-96 (L3), 26-32 (H1), 53-55 (H2), and 96-101 (H3) (Chothia, C. and Lesk, A. M., J. Mol. Biol. 196 (1987) 901-917);
      • (b) CDRs occurring at amino acid residues 24-34 (L1), 50-56 (L2), 89-97 (L3), 31-35b (H1), 50-65 (H2), and 95-102 (H3) (Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991), NIH Publication 91-3242.);
      • (c) antigen contacts occurring at amino acid residues 27c-36 (L1), 46-55 (L2), 89-96 (L3), 30-35b (H1), 47-58 (H2), and 93-101 (H3) (MacCallum et al. J. Mol. Biol. 262: 732-745 (1996)); and
      • (d) combinations of (a), (b), and/or (c), including HVR amino acid residues 46-56 (L2), 47-56 (L2), 48-56 (L2), 49-56 (L2), 26-35 (H1), 26-35b (H1), 49-65 (H2), 93-102 (H3), and 94-102 (H3).
  • Unless otherwise indicated, HVR residues and other residues in the variable domain (e.g., FR residues) are numbered herein according to the Kabat EU index numbering system (Kabat et al., supra).
  • An “individual” or “subject” is a mammal. Mammals include, but are not limited to, domesticated animals (e.g. cows, sheep, cats, dogs, and horses), primates (e.g., humans and non-human primates such as monkeys), rabbits, and rodents (e.g., mice and rats). In certain embodiments, the individual or subject is a human.
  • An “isolated” antibody is one, which has been separated from a component of its natural environment. In some embodiments, an antibody is purified to greater than 95% or 99% purity as determined by, for example, electrophoretic (e.g., SDS-PAGE, isoelectric focusing (IEF), capillary electrophoresis) or chromatographic (e.g., size exclusion chromatography, ion exchange or reverse phase HPLC). For review of methods for assessment of antibody purity, see, e.g., Flatman, S. et al., J. Chrom. B 848 (2007) 79-87.
  • An “isolated” nucleic acid refers to a nucleic acid molecule that has been separated from a component of its natural environment. An isolated nucleic acid includes a nucleic acid molecule contained in cells that ordinarily contain the nucleic acid molecule, but the nucleic acid molecule is present extrachromosomally or at a chromosomal location that is different from its natural chromosomal location.
  • The term “monoclonal antibody” as used herein refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical and/or bind the same epitope, except for possible variant antibodies, e.g., containing naturally occurring mutations or arising during production of a monoclonal antibody preparation, such variants generally being present in minor amounts. In contrast to polyclonal antibody preparations, which typically include different antibodies directed against different determinants (epitopes), each monoclonal antibody of a monoclonal antibody preparation is directed against a single determinant on an antigen. Thus, the modifier “monoclonal” indicates the character of the antibody as being obtained from a substantially homogeneous population of antibodies, and is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method. For example, the monoclonal antibodies to be used in accordance with the present invention may be made by a variety of techniques, including but not limited to the hybridoma method, recombinant DNA methods, phage-display methods, and methods utilizing transgenic animals containing all or part of the human immunoglobulin loci, such methods and other exemplary methods for making monoclonal antibodies being described herein.
  • “Native antibodies” refer to naturally occurring immunoglobulin molecules with varying structures. For example, native IgG antibodies are heterotetrameric glycoproteins of about 150,000 Da, composed of two identical light chains and two identical heavy chains that are disulfide-bonded. From N- to C-terminus, each heavy chain has a variable region (VH), also called a variable heavy domain or a heavy chain variable domain, followed by three constant domains (CH1, CH2, and CH3). Similarly, from N- to C-terminus, each light chain has a variable region (VL), also called a variable light domain or a light chain variable domain, followed by a constant light (CL) domain. The light chain of an antibody may be assigned to one of two types, called kappa (κ) and lambda (λ), based on the amino acid sequence of its constant domain.
  • The term “package insert” is used to refer to instructions customarily included in commercial packages of therapeutic products, that contain information about the indications, usage, dosage, administration, combination therapy, contraindications and/or warnings concerning the use of such therapeutic products.
  • “Percent (%) amino acid sequence identity” with respect to a reference polypeptide sequence is defined as the percentage of amino acid residues in a candidate sequence that are identical with the amino acid residues in the reference polypeptide sequence, after aligning the sequences and introducing gaps, if necessary, to achieve the maximum percent sequence identity, and not considering any conservative substitutions as part of the sequence identity. Alignment for purposes of determining percent amino acid sequence identity can be achieved in various ways that are within the skill in the art, for instance, using publicly available computer software such as BLAST, BLAST-2, ALIGN or Megalign (DNASTAR) software. Those skilled in the art can determine appropriate parameters for aligning sequences, including any algorithms needed to achieve maximal alignment over the full length of the sequences being compared. For purposes herein, however, % amino acid sequence identity values are generated using the sequence comparison computer program ALIGN-2. The ALIGN-2 sequence comparison computer program was authored by Genentech, Inc., and the source code has been filed with user documentation in the U.S. Copyright Office, Washington D.C., 20559, where it is registered under U.S. Copyright Registration No. TXU510087. The ALIGN-2 program is publicly available from Genentech, Inc., South San Francisco, Calif., or may be compiled from the source code. The ALIGN-2 program should be compiled for use on a UNIX operating system, including digital UNIX V4.0D. All sequence comparison parameters are set by the ALIGN-2 program and do not vary.
  • In situations where ALIGN-2 is employed for amino acid sequence comparisons, the % amino acid sequence identity of a given amino acid sequence A to, with, or against a given amino acid sequence B (which can alternatively be phrased as a given amino acid sequence A that has or comprises a certain % amino acid sequence identity to, with, or against a given amino acid sequence B) is calculated as follows:

  • 100 times the fraction X/Y
  • where X is the number of amino acid residues scored as identical matches by the sequence alignment program ALIGN-2 in that program's alignment of A and B, and where Y is the total number of amino acid residues in B. It will be appreciated that where the length of amino acid sequence A is not equal to the length of amino acid sequence B, the % amino acid sequence identity of A to B will not equal the % amino acid sequence identity of B to A. Unless specifically stated otherwise, all % amino acid sequence identity values used herein are obtained as described in the immediately preceding paragraph using the ALIGN-2 computer program.
  • The term “pharmaceutical formulation” refers to a preparation which is in such form as to permit the biological activity of an active ingredient contained therein to be effective, and which contains no additional components which are unacceptably toxic to a subject to which the formulation would be administered.
  • A “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” refers to an ingredient in a pharmaceutical formulation, other than an active ingredient, which is nontoxic to a subject. A pharmaceutically acceptable carrier includes, but is not limited to, a buffer, excipient, stabilizer, or preservative.
  • The term “peptidic linker” as used herein denotes a peptide with amino acid sequences, which is in one embodiment of synthetic origin. The peptidic linker is in one embodiment a peptide with an amino acid sequence with a length of at least 30 amino acids, in one embodiment with a length of 32 to 50 amino acids. In one embodiment the peptidic linker is a peptide with an amino acid sequence with a length of 32 to 40 amino acids. In one embodiment the peptidic linker is (G×S)n with G=glycine, S=serine, (x=3, n=8, 9 or 10) or (x=4 and n=6, 7 or 8), in one embodiment with x=4, n=6 or 7, in one embodiment with x=4, n=7. In one embodiment the peptidic linker is (G4S)6G2.
  • The term “recombinant antibody”, as used herein, denotes all antibodies (chimeric, humanized and human) that are prepared, expressed, created or isolated by recombinant means. This includes antibodies isolated from a host cell such as a NS0 or CHO cell, or from an animal (e.g. a mouse) that is transgenic for human immunoglobulin genes, or antibodies expressed using a recombinant expression vector transfected into a host cell. Such recombinant antibodies have variable and constant regions in a rearranged form. The recombinant antibodies can be subjected to in vivo somatic hypermutation. Thus, the amino acid sequences of the VH and VL regions of the recombinant antibodies are sequences that, while derived from and related to human germ line VH and VL sequences, may not naturally exist within the human antibody germ line repertoire in vivo.
  • As used herein, “treatment” (and grammatical variations thereof such as “treat” or “treating”) refers to clinical intervention in an attempt to alter the natural course of the individual being treated, and can be performed either for prophylaxis or during the course of clinical pathology. Desirable effects of treatment include, but are not limited to, preventing occurrence or recurrence of disease, alleviation of symptoms, diminishment of any direct or indirect pathological consequences of the disease, preventing metastasis, decreasing the rate of disease progression, amelioration or palliation of the disease state, and remission or improved prognosis. In some embodiments, antibodies or Fc-region fusion polypeptides as reported herein are used to delay development of a disease or to slow the progression of a disease.
  • The term “valent” as used within the current application denotes the presence of a specified number of binding sites in a (antibody) molecule. As such, the terms “bivalent”, “tetravalent”, and “hexavalent” denote the presence of two binding site, four binding sites, and six binding sites, respectively, in a (antibody) molecule. The bispecific antibodies as reported herein are in one preferred embodiment “bivalent”.
  • The term “variable region” or “variable domain” refer to the domain of an antibody heavy or light chain that is involved in binding of the antibody to its antigen. The variable domains of the heavy chain and light chain (VH and VL, respectively) of an antibody generally have similar structures, with each domain comprising four framework regions (FRs) and three hypervariable regions (HVRs) (see, e.g., Kindt, T. J. et al. Kuby Immunology, 6th ed., W.H. Freeman and Co., N.Y. (2007), page 91). A single VH or VL domain may be sufficient to confer antigen-binding specificity. Furthermore, antibodies that bind a particular antigen may be isolated using a VH or
  • VL domain from an antibody that binds the antigen to screen a library of complementary VL or VH domains, respectively (see, e.g., Portolano, S. et al., J. Immunol. 150 (1993) 880-887; Clackson, T. et al., Nature 352 (1991) 624-628).
  • The term “ocular vascular disease” includes, but is not limited to intraocular neovascular syndromes such as diabetic retinopathy, diabetic macular edema, retinopathy of prematurity, neovascular glaucoma, retinal vein occlusions, central retinal vein occlusions, macular degeneration, age-related macular degeneration, retinitis pigmentosa, retinal angiomatous proliferation, macular telangectasia, ischemic retinopathy, iris neovascularization, intraocular neovascularization, comeal neovascularization, retinal neovascularization, choroidal neovascularization, and retinal degeneration (see e.g. Garner, A., Vascular diseases, In: Pathobiology of ocular disease, A dynamic approach, Garner, A., and Klintworth, G. K., (eds.), 2nd edition, Marcel Dekker, New York (1994), pp. 1625-1710).
  • The term “vector”, as used herein, refers to a nucleic acid molecule capable of propagating another nucleic acid to which it is linked. The term includes the vector as a self-replicating nucleic acid structure as well as the vector incorporated into the genome of a host cell into which it has been introduced. Certain vectors are capable of directing the expression of nucleic acids to which they are operatively linked. Such vectors are referred to herein as “expression vectors”.
  • The term “with (the) mutation IHH-AAA” as used herein refers to the combination of the mutations I253A (Ile253A1a), H310A (His310A1a), and H435A (His435A1a) and the term “with (the) mutation HHY-AAA” as used herein refers to the combination of the mutations H310A (His310A1a), H433A (His433A1a), and Y436A (Tyr436A1a) and the term “with (the) mutation YTE” as used herein refers to the combination of mutations M252Y (Met252Tyr), S254T (Ser254Thr), and T256E (Thr256Glu) in the constant heavy chain region of IgG1 or IgG4 subclass, wherein the numbering is according to the Kabat EU index numbering system.
  • The term “with (the) mutations P329G LALA” as used herein refers to the combination of the mutations L234A (Leu235A1a), L235A (Leu234A1a) and P329G (Pro329Gly) in the constant heavy chain region of IgG1 subclass, wherein the numbering is according to the Kabat EU index numbering system. The term “with (the) mutation SPLE” as used herein refers to the combination of the mutations S228P (Ser228Pro) and L235E (Leu235Glu) in the constant heavy chain region of IgG4 subclass, wherein the numbering is according to the Kabat EU index numbering system. The term “with (the) mutation SPLE and P329G” as used herein refers to the combination of the mutations S228P (Ser228Pro), L235E (Leu235Glu) and P329G (Pro329Gly) in the constant heavy chain region of IgG4 subclass, wherein the numbering is according to the Kabat EU index numbering system.
    • II. Compositions and Methods
  • In one aspect, the invention is based, in part, on the finding that variant Fc-regions that specifically bind to Staphylococcus protein A and that do or do not bind to human FcRn when used in the hole-chain of a heterodimeric Fc-region allow for the purification of the heterodimeric Fc-region. These variant Fc-regions contain specific amino acid mutations in the CH2-domain whereas the CH3-domain is not changed with respect to protein A binding. It has been found that these mutations when used in the hole-chain of a heterodimeric Fc-region allow for the purification of the heterodimeric Fc-region, i.e. the separation of the heterodimeric Fc-region from the homodimeric Fc-region by-product (hole-chain-hole-chain dimer).
  • It has been found that this can be achieved by using the combination of mutations in the first polypeptide (hole-chain)
      • i) I253A or I253G, and
      • ii) L314A or L314G or L314D.
  • The following table presents an exemplary overview of the amino acid residues in an Fc-region that are involved in interactions or have been changed to modify interactions.
  • interaction with KiH protein A effect of mutations on
    residue protein A FcRn knob hole binding FcRn binding
    Pro238 P238A increase
    Thr250 T250Q/M428L increase
    Leu251 main-chain
    contact
    Met252 hydrophobic M252W increase;
    packing M252Y increase;
    M252Y/T256Q increase;
    M252F/T256D increase;
    M252Y/S254T/T256E
    increase
    Ile253 main-chain interaction I253A reduction
    contact;
    hydrogen
    bonding;
    significant
    binding
    reduction if
    mutated to Ala
    Ser254 polar S254A reduction;
    interaction; M252Y/S254T/T256E
    hydrogen increase
    bonding
    Arg255 salt-bridge R255A reduction
    Thr256 T256A increase;
    T256Q increase;
    T256P increase;
    M252Y/T256Q
    reduction;
    M252F/T256D
    reduction;
    M252Y/S254T/T256E
    increase
    Pro257 P257I/Q311I increase;
    P257I/N434H increase
    Glu272 E272A increase
    Asp280 D280K increase
    His285 reduction
    Lys288 K288A reduction;
    K288A/N434A increase
    Val305 V305A increase
    Thr307 T307A increase;
    T307A/E380A/N434A
    increase;
    T307Q/N434A increase;
    T307Q/N434S increase;
    T307Q/E380A/N434A
    increase
    Val308 V308P/N434A increase
    Leu309 L309A reduction
    His310 interaction H310A reduction;
    H310Q/H433N
    reduction
    Gln311 polar or Q311A increase;
    charged P257I/Q311I increase
    interaction
    Asp312 D312A increase
    Leu314 hydrophobic
    interaction
    Lys317 K317A increase
    Ala339 A339T increase
    Tyr349 Y349C
    Ser354 S354C
    Thr366 T366W T366S
    Leu368 L368A
    Asp376 D376A increase;
    D376V/N434H increase
    Ala378 A378Q increase
    Glu380 salt-bridge E380A increase
    E380A/N434A increase;
    T307A/E380A/N434A
    increase;
    T307Q/E380A/N434A
    increase
    Glu382 E382A increase
    Gly385 G385H increase;
    G385A/Q386P/N389S
    increase
    Gln386 G385A/Q386P/N389S
    increase
    Asn389 G385A/Q386P/N389S
    increase
    Tyr407 Y407V
    Ser415 S415A reduction
    Ser424 S424A increase
    Met428 M428L increase;
    T250Q/M428L increase
    Leu432 polar or
    charged
    interaction
    His433 polar or interaction H433A reduction;
    charged H310Q/H433N
    interaction; reduction;
    salt-bridge H433K/N434F/Y436Hincrease;
    H433R/N434Y/Y436Hincrease;
    H433K/N434F increase
    Asn434 hydrogen interaction N434W/Y/F/A/H
    bonding; increase;
    significant K288A/N434A increase;
    binding E380A/N434A increase;
    reduction if T307A/E380A/N434A
    replaced by increase;
    Ala N434F/Y436H increase;
    H433K/N434F/Y436Hincrease;
    H433R/N434Y/Y436Hincrease;
    H433K/N434F increase;
    P257I/N434H increase;
    D376V/N434H increase;
    T307Q/N434A increase;
    T307Q/N434S increase;
    V308P/N434A increase;
    T307Q/E380A/N434A
    increase
    His435 hydrophobic interaction H435R/Y436F H435A reduction;
    packing; eliminates H435R reduction
    significant binding to
    binding protein A
    reduction if
    mutated to Ala
    Tyr436 hydrophobic interaction H435R/Y436F Y436A reduction;
    packing; eliminates N434F/Y436H increase;
    significant binding to H433K/N434F/Y436Hincrease;
    binding protein A H433R/N434Y/Y436H
    reduction if increase
    replaced by
    Ala
  • The modifications as reported herein alter the binding to Staphylococcal protein A. The mutated residues are all located in the CH2-domain. Although also residues in the CH3-domain do interact with protein A the mutations of the residues in the CH2-domain is sufficient to influence protein A binding. Thus, in the heterodimeric molecules and antibodies reported herein both CH3-domain have the same (identical) binding properties/characteristics with respect to protein A. Thus, the heterodimeric molecule as reported herein is heterodimeric regarding protein A binding in the CH2-domain but homodimeric regarding protein A binding in the CH3-domain.
  • In one embodiment the combination of mutations as reported herein does alter or does substantially alter the serum half-life of the heterodimeric polypeptide as compared with a corresponding heterodimeric polypeptide that lacks this combination of mutations.
  • In one embodiment the combination of mutations further does not alter or does not substantially alter the serum half-life of the heterodimeric polypeptide as compared with a corresponding heterodimeric polypeptide that lacks this combination of mutations.
  • A. The neonatal Fe-receptor (FeRn)
  • The neonatal Fc-receptor (FcRn) is important for the metabolic fate of antibodies of the IgG class in vivo. The FcRn functions to salvage wild-type IgG from the lysosomal degradation pathway, resulting in reduced clearance and increased half-life. It is a heterodimeric protein consisting of two polypeptides: a 50 kDa class I major histocompatibility complex-like protein (α-FcRn) and a 15 kDa β2-microglobulin (β2m). FcRn binds with high affinity to the CH2-CH3 portion of the Fc-region of an antibody of the class IgG. The interaction between an antibody of the IgG class and the FcRn is pH dependent and occurs in a 1:2 stoichiometry, i.e. one IgG antibody molecule can interact with two FcRn molecules via its two heavy chain Fc-region polypeptides (see e.g. Huber, A. H., et al., J. Mol. Biol. 230 (1993) 1077-1083).
  • Thus, an IgGs in vitro FcRn binding properties/characteristics are indicative of its in vivo pharmacokinetic properties in the blood circulation.
  • In the interaction between the FcRn and the Fc-region of an antibody of the IgG class different amino acid residues of the heavy chain CH2- and CH3-domain are participating. The amino acid residues interacting with the FcRn are located approximately between EU position 243 and EU position 261, approximately between EU position 275 and EU position 293, approximately between EU position 302 and EU position 319, approximately between EU position 336 and EU position 348, approximately between EU position 367 and EU position 393, at EU position 408, and approximately between EU position 424 and EU position 440. More specifically the following amino acid residues according to the EU numbering of Kabat are involved in the interaction between the Fc-region and the FcRn: F243, P244, P245 P, K246, P247, K248, D249, T250, L251, M252, 1253, S254, R255, T256, P257, E258, V259, T260, C261, F275, N276, W277, Y278, V279, D280, V282, E283, V284, H285, N286, A287, K288, T289, K290, P291, R292, E293, V302, V303, S304, V305, L306, T307, V308, L309, H310, Q311, D312, W313, L314, N315, G316, K317, E318, Y319, 1336, S337, K338, A339, K340, G341, Q342, P343, R344, E345, P346, Q347, V348, C367, V369, F372, Y373, P374, S375, D376, 1377, A378, V379, E380, W381, E382, S383, N384, G385, Q386, P387, E388, N389, Y391, T393, S408, S424, C425, S426, V427, M428, H429, E430, A431, L432, H433, N434, H435, Y436, T437, Q438, K439, and S440.
  • Site-directed mutagenesis studies have proven that the critical binding sites in the Fc-region of IgGs for FcRn are Histidine 310, Histidine 435, and Isoleucine 253 and to a lesser extent Histidine 433 and Tyrosine 436 (see e.g. Kim, J. K., et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 29 (1999) 2819-2825; Raghavan, M., et al., Biochem. 34 (1995) 14649-14657; Medesan, C., et al., J Immunol. 158 (1997) 2211-2217).
  • Methods to increase IgG binding to FcRn have been performed by mutating IgG at various amino acid residues: Threonine 250, Methionine 252, Serine 254, Threonine 256, Threonine 307, Glutamic acid 380, Methionine 428, Histidine 433, and Asparagine 434 (see Kuo, T. T., et al., J. Clin. Immunol. 30 (2010) 777-789).
  • In some cases antibodies with reduced half-life in the blood circulation are desired. For example, drugs for intravitreal application should have a long half-live in the eye and a short half-life in the blood circulation of the patient. Such antibodies also have the advantage of increased exposure to a disease site, e.g. in the eye.
  • Different mutations that influence the FcRn binding and therewith the half-live in the blood circulation are known. Fc-region residues critical to the mouse Fc-region—mouse FcRn interaction have been identified by site-directed mutagenesis (see e.g. Dall'Acqua, W. F., et al. J. Immunol 169 (2002) 5171-5180). Residues 1253, H310, H433, N434, and H435 (EU numbering according to Kabat) are involved in the interaction (Medesan, C., et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 26 (1996) 2533-2536; Firan, M., et al., Int. Immunol. 13 (2001) 993-1002; Kim, J. K., et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 24 (1994) 542). Residues 1253, H310, and H435 were found to be critical for the interaction of human Fc with murine FcRn (Kim, J. K., et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 29 (1999) 2819-2855). Residues M252Y, S254T, T256E have been described by Dall'Acqua et al. to improve FcRn binding by protein-protein interaction studies (Dall'Acqua, W. F., et al. J. Biol. Chem. 281 (2006) 23514-23524). Studies of the human Fc-human FcRn complex have shown that residues 1253, S254, H435, and Y436 are crucial for the interaction (Firan, M., et al., Int. Immunol. 13 (2001) 993-1002; Shields, R. L., et al., J. Biol. Chem. 276 (2001) 6591-6604). In Yeung, Y. A., et al. (J. Immunol. 182 (2009) 7667-7671) various mutants of residues 248 to 259 and 301 to 317 and 376 to 382 and 424 to 437 have been reported and examined. Exemplary mutations and their effect on FcRn binding are listed in the following Table.
  • TABLE
    effect on half-live in the
    mutation FcRn binding circulation reference
    H285 reduced reduced Kim, J. K.,
    H310Q/H433N (murine) (in mouse) Scand. J.
    (murine IgG1) Immunol. 40
    (1994) 457-
    465
    I253A reduced reduced Ghetie, V. and
    H310A (murine) (in mouse) Ward, E. S.,
    H435A Immunol.
    H436A Today 18
    (murine IgG1) (1997) 592-
    598
    T252L/T254S/T256F increased increased Ghetie, V. and
    T252A/T254S/T256A (murine) (in mouse) Ward, E. S.,
    (murine IgG1) Immunol.
    Today 18
    (1997) 592-
    598
    I253A reduced reduced Medesan, C.,
    H310A (murine) (in mouse) et al., J.
    H435A Immunol. 158
    H436A (1997) 2211-
    H433A/N434Q 2217
    (murine IgG1)
    I253A reduced reduced Kim, J. K.,
    H310A H310A: <0.1 (in mouse) Eur. J.
    H435A rel. binding to Immunol. 29
    H435R muFcRn (1999) 2819-
    (human IgG1) (murine) 2825
    H433A 1.1 rel. binding Kim, J. K.,
    (human IgG1) to muFcRn, Eur. J.
    0.4 rel. binding Immunol. 29
    Hu FcRn (1999) 2819-
    (murine) 2825
    I253A reduced <0.1 reduced Shields, R. L.,
    S254A relative et al., J. Biol.
    H435A binding to Chem. 276
    Y436A huFcRn (2001) 6591-
    (human IgG1) 6604
    R255A reduced reduced Shields, R. L.,
    K288A (human) et al., J. Biol.
    L309A Chem. 276
    S415A (2001) 6591-
    H433A 6604
    (human IgG1)
    P238A increased increased Shields, R. L.,
    T256A (human) et al., J. Biol.
    E272A Chem. 276
    V305A (2001) 6591-
    T307A 6604
    Q311A
    D312A
    K317A
    D376A
    A378Q
    E380A
    E382A
    S424A
    N434A
    K288A/N434A
    E380A/N434A
    T307A/E380A/N434A
    (human IgG1)
    H435A reduced <0.1 reduced Firan, M., et
    (humanized IgG1) rel. al., Int.
    binding to Immunol. 13
    huFcRn (2001) 993-
    1002
    I253A (no binding) increased reduced Dall'Acqua, J.
    M252W (murine and (in mouse) Immunol. 169
    M252Y human) (2002) 5171-
    M252Y/T256Q 5180
    M252F/T256D
    N434F/Y436H
    M252Y/S254T/T256E
    G385A/Q386P/N389S
    H433K/N434F/Y436H
    H433R/N434Y/Y436H
    G385R/Q386T/P387R/N389P
    M252Y/S254T/T256E/H433K/
    N434F/Y436H
    M252Y/S254T/T256E/G385R/
    Q386T/P387R/N389P
    (human IgG1)
    M428L increased increased Hinton, P. R.,
    T250Q/M428L (human) (in monkey) et al., J. Biol.
    (human IgG2) Chem. 279
    (2004) 6213-
    6216
    M252Y/S254T/T256E + increased increased Vaccaro, C., et
    H433K/N434F (human) (in mouse) al., Nat.
    (human IgG) Biotechnol. 23
    (2005) 1283-
    1288
    T307A/E380A/N434A increased increased in Pop, L. M., et
    (chimeric IgG1) transgenic mouse al., Int.
    Immunopharmacol.
    5 (2005)
    1279-1290
    T250Q increased increased in Petkova, S. B.,
    E380A (human) transgenic mouse et al., Int.
    M428L Immunol 18
    N434A (2006) 1759-
    K288A/N434A 1769
    E380A/N434A
    T307A/E380A/N434A
    (human IgG1)
    I253A reduced reduced in Petkova, S. B.,
    (human IgG1) (human) transgenic mouse et al., Int.
    Immunol 18
    (2006) 1759-
    1769
    S239D/A330L/I332E increased increased in Dall'Acqua,
    M252Y/S254T/T256E (human and Cynomolgus W. F., et al., J.
    (humanized) Cynomolgus) Biol. Chem.
    281 (2006)
    23514-23524
    T250Q increased increased in Rhesus Hinton, P. R.,
    M428L (human) apes et al., J.
    T250Q/M428L Immunol. 176
    (human IgG1) (2006) 346-
    356
    T250Q/M428L increased no change in Datta-
    P257I/Q311I (mouse and Cynomolgus Mannan, A., et
    (humanized IgG1) Cynomolgus) increased in mouse al., J. Biol.
    Chem. 282
    (2007) 1709-
    1717
    P257I/Q311I increased reduced in mice Datta-
    P257I/N434H at pH 6 P257I/N434H Mannan, A., et
    D376V/N434H (human, reduced in al., Drug
    (humanized IgG1) Cynomolgus, Cynomolgus Metab.
    mouse) Dispos. 35
    (2007) 86-94
    abrogate FcRn binding: increased and reducing the Ropeenian,
    I253 reduced binding ability of D. C. and
    H310 IgG for FcRn Akilesh, S.,
    H433 reduces its serum Nat. Rev.
    H435 persistence; a Immunol. 7
    reduce FcRn binding: higher-affinity (2007) 715-
    Y436 FcRn-IgG 725
    increased FcRn binding: interaction prolongs
    T250 the half-lives of IgG
    N252 and Fc-coupled
    S254 drugs in the serum
    T256
    T307
    M428
    N434
    N434A increased increased in Yeung, Y. A.,
    T307Q/N434A (Cynomolgus Cynomolgus et al., Cancer
    T307Q/N434S monkey) monkey Res. 70 (2010)
    V308P/N434A 3269-3277
    T307Q/E380A/N434A
    (human IgG1)
    256P increased at WO 2011/
    280K neutral pH 122011
    339T
    385H
    428L
    434W/Y/F/A/H
    (human IgG)
  • The results of a symmetric engineering of an IgG1 Fc-region to influence FcRn binding is shown in the following table (alignment of mutations and retention time on an FcRn-affinity chromatography column).
  • TABLE
    FcRn-
    affinity
    FcRn- FcRn- FcRn- column
    effector function binding binding binding retention
    influencing influencing influencing influencing time
    mutations mutation 1 mutation 2 mutation 3 [min]
    L234A/L235A/P329G — — — 45.3
    L234A/L235A/P329G I253A H310A H435A 2.3
    L234A/L235A/P329G I253A — — 2.7
    L234A/L235A/P329G — H310A — 2.4
    L234A/L235A/P329G — — H435A 2.7
    L234A/L235A/P329G I253A H310A — 2.3
    L234A/L235A/P329G I253A — H435A 2.3
    L234A/L235A/P329G — H310A H435A 2.4
    L234A/L235A/P329G — H310A Y436A 2.3
    L234A/L235A/P329G H310A H433A Y436A 2.4
    L234A/L235A/P329G — — Y436A 41.3
  • Retention times below 3 minutes correspond to no binding as the substance is in the flow-through (void peak).
  • The single mutation H310A is the most silent symmetrical mutation to delete any FcRn-binding.
  • The symmetric single mutation I253A and H435A result in a relative shift of retention time of 0.3 to 0.4 min. This can be generally regarded as a non-detectable binding.
  • The single mutation Y436A results in detectable interaction strength to the FcRn affinity column. Without being bound by this theory this mutation could have an effect on FcRn mediated in vivo half-life, which can be differentiated from a zero interaction such as the combination of the I253A, H310A and H435A mutations (IHH-AAA mutation).
  • The results obtained with a symmetrically modified anti-HER2 antibody are presented in the following table (see WO 2006/031370 for reference).
  • TABLE
    retention time
    mutation [min]
    I253H no binding
    M252D no binding
    S254D no binding
    R255D 41.4
    M252H 43.6
    K288E 45.2
    L309H 45.5
    E258H 45.6
    T256H 46.0
    K290H 46.2
    D98E 46.2
    wild-type 46.3
    K317H 46.3
    Q311H 46.3
    E430H 46.4
    T307H 47.0
    N434H 52.0
  • B. Ocular Vascular Diseases
  • Ocular vascular diseases are any pathological condition characterized by altered or unregulated proliferation and invasion of new blood vessels into the structures of ocular tissues such as the retina or cornea.
  • In one embodiment the ocular vascular disease is selected from the group consisting of wet age-related macular degeneration (wet AMD), dry age-related macular degeneration (dry AMD), diabetic macular edema (DME), cystoid macular edema (CME), non-proliferative diabetic retinopathy (NPDR), proliferative diabetic retinopathy (PDR), cystoid macular edema, vasculitis (e.g. central retinal vein occlusion), papilloedema, retinitis, conjunctivitis, uveitis, choroiditis, multifocal choroiditis, ocular histoplasmosis, blepharitis, dry eye (Sjogren's disease) and other ophthalmic diseases wherein the eye disease or disorder is associated with ocular neovascularization, vascular leakage, and/or retinal edema.
  • The antibody comprising the heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein is useful in the prevention and treatment of wet AMD, dry AMD, CME, DME, NPDR, PDR, blepharitis, dry eye and uveitis, in one preferred embodiment wet AMD, dry AMD, blepharitis, and dry eye, also in one preferred embodiment CME, DME, NPDR and PDR, also in one preferred embodiment blepharitis, and dry eye, in particular wet AMD and dry AMD, and also particularly wet AMD.
  • In some embodiments, the ocular vascular disease is selected from the group consisting of wet age-related macular degeneration (wet AMD), macular edema, retinal vein occlusions, retinopathy of prematurity, and diabetic retinopathy.
  • Other diseases associated with corneal neovascularization include, but are not limited to, epidemic keratoconjunctivitis, Vitamin A deficiency, contact lens overwear, atopic keratitis, superior limbic keratitis, pterygium keratitis sicca, Sjogren's disease, acne rosacea, phylectenulosis, syphilis, Mycobacteria infections, lipid degeneration, chemical burns, bacterial ulcers, fungal ulcers, Herpes simplex infections, Herpes zoster infections, protozoan infections, Kaposi sarcoma, Mooren ulcer, Terrien's marginal degeneration, mariginal keratolysis, rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus, polyarteritis, trauma, Wegener's sarcoidosis, Scleritis, Steven's Johnson disease, periphigoid radial keratotomy, and corneal graph rejection.
  • Diseases associated with retinal/choroidal neovascularization include, but are not limited to, diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration, sickle cell anemia, sarcoid, syphilis, pseudoxanthoma elasticum, Paget's disease, vein occlusion, artery occlusion, carotid obstructive disease, chronic uveitis/vitritis, mycobacterial infections, Lyme's disease, systemic lupus erythematosis, retinopathy of prematurity, retinitis pigmentosa, retina edema (including macular edema), Eale's disease, Bechet's disease, infections causing a retinitis or choroiditis, presumed ocular histoplasmosis, Best's disease, myopia, optic pits, Stargart's disease, pars planitis, chronic retinal detachment, hyperviscosity syndromes, toxoplasmosis, trauma and post-laser complications.
  • Other diseases include, but are not limited to, diseases associated with rubeosis (neovascularization of the angle) and diseases caused by the abnormal proliferation of fibrovascular or fibrous tissue including all forms of proliferative vitreoretinopathy.
  • Retinopathy of prematurity (ROP) is a disease of the eye that affects prematurely born babies. It is thought to be caused by disorganized growth of retinal blood vessels, which may result in scarring and retinal detachment. ROP can be mild and may resolve spontaneously, but may lead to blindness in serious cases. As such, all preterm babies are at risk for ROP, and very low birth weight is an additional risk factor. Both oxygen toxicity and relative hypoxia can contribute to the development of ROP.
  • Macular degeneration is a medical condition predominantly found in elderly adults in which the center of the inner lining of the eye, known as the macula area of the retina, suffers thinning, atrophy, and in some cases, bleeding. This can result in loss of central vision, which entails inability to see fine details, to read, or to recognize faces. According to the American Academy of Ophthalmology, it is the leading cause of central vision loss (blindness) in the United States today for those over the age of fifty years. Although some macular dystrophies that affect younger individuals are sometimes referred to as macular degeneration, the term generally refers to age-related macular degeneration (AMD or ARMD).
  • Age-related macular degeneration begins with characteristic yellow deposits in the macula (central area of the retina which provides detailed central vision, called fovea) called drusen between the retinal pigment epithelium and the underlying choroid. Most people with these early changes (referred to as age-related maculopathy) have good vision. People with drusen can go on to develop advanced AMD. The risk is considerably higher when the drusen are large and numerous and associated with disturbance in the pigmented cell layer under the macula. Large and soft drusen are related to elevated cholesterol deposits and may respond to cholesterol lowering agents or the Rheo Procedure.
  • Advanced AMD, which is responsible for profound vision loss, has two forms: dry and wet. Central geographic atrophy, the dry form of advanced AMD, results from atrophy to the retinal pigment epithelial layer below the retina, which causes vision loss through loss of photoreceptors (rods and cones) in the central part of the eye. While no treatment is available for this condition, vitamin supplements with high doses of antioxidants, lutein and zeaxanthin, have been demonstrated by the National Eye Institute and others to slow the progression of dry macular degeneration and in some patients, improve visual acuity.
  • Retinitis pigmentosa (RP) is a group of genetic eye conditions. In the progression of symptoms for RP, night blindness generally precedes tunnel vision by years or even decades. Many people with RP do not become legally blind until their 40s or 50s and retain some sight all their life. Others go completely blind from RP, in some cases as early as childhood. Progression of RP is different in each case. RP is a type of hereditary retinal dystrophy, a group of inherited disorders in which abnormalities of the photoreceptors (rods and cones) or the retinal pigment epithelium (RPE) of the retina lead to progressive visual loss. Affected individuals first experience defective dark adaptation or nyctalopia (night blindness), followed by reduction of the peripheral visual field (known as tunnel vision) and, sometimes, loss of central vision late in the course of the disease.
  • Macular edema occurs when fluid and protein deposits collect on or under the macula of the eye, a yellow central area of the retina, causing it to thicken and swell. The swelling may distort a person's central vision, as the macula is near the center of the retina at the back of the eyeball. This area holds tightly packed cones that provide sharp, clear central vision to enable a person to see form, color, and detail that is directly in the line of sight. Cystoid macular edema is a type of macular edema that includes cyst formation.
  • C. The current invention
  • It has been found that one mutation one-sided in one Fc-region polypeptide is sufficient to influence the binding significantly. The more mutations are introduced into the Fc-region the more the binding to Staphylococcal protein A and/or the FcRn is changed, i.e. weakened or strengthened.
  • Herein is reported a method to deplete the hole-hole mispairing by-product occurring in the production of knob-into-hole (KiH) bispecific antibodies by CH2 domain design.
  • The amino acid positions L251, 1253, H310, L314 in the CH2 domain are interacting with protein A and the human neonatal Fc receptor (FcRn).
  • By introducing an amino acid exchange at one or more of these positions in the so call hole-chain of a KiH bispecific antibody to an A, G or D the binding property to protein A and FcRn can be silenced.
  • In one preferred embodiment the CH2 domain comprises the mutations i) I253A or I253G, and ii) L314A or L314G or L314D.
  • By this design the hole-hole mispairing by-product can no longer bind protein A and FcRn (no interaction possible with both heavy chains). Thereby the hole-hole mispairing by-product will not bind to a protein A and/or FcRn affinity chromatography column. Thus, the hole-hole mispairing by-product will at least elute earlier, i.e. in a separated detached peak, or will be not bind at all and can be found in the flow-through of the protein A or FcRn affinity column.
  • To compensate the impaired FcRn binding properties the surrounding amino acids can be improved by introducing to the hole side a T250Q and/or a T256E and/or a T307H mutation, either alone or in a single, double or triple combination.
  • hole chain amino acid knob chain amino acid
    amino acid and position mutation mutation
    resulting in a decrease of FcRn binding in the final bispecific molecule
    L251 A, G, D L
    I253 A, G I
    H310 A, G H
    L314 A, G, D L
    resulting in a decrease in protein A binding with compensation of FcRn binding
    on the hole side in the final bispecific molecule; can be used single or in
    combination
    T250 Q T
    M252 Y M
    S254 T S
    T256 E, A T
    T307 A, H, Q, P T
    Q311 H Q
    resulting in a decrease in protein A binding with compensation of FcRn binding
    on the knob side in the final bispecific molecule; can be used single or in
    combination
    T250 T Q
    M252 M Y
    S254 S T
    T256 T E, A
    T307 T A, H, Q, P
    Q311 Q H
  • An overview on FcRn binding engineering is provided in the following Table:
  • FcRn binding FcRn binding
    improved by decreased by protein A protein G
    Position mutation to mutation to binding binding
    CH2
    T250 Q
    L251 D yes yes
    M252 Y L, D, (H) yes yes
    I253 A yes yes
    S254 T A, D yes yes
    R255 A, D
    T256 E, A
    E258 (H)
    K288 E
    T307 A, H, Q, P, H
    L309 A, H
    H310 A
    Q311 H
    L314 D yes no
    CH3
    M428 L (E) yes
    E430 H
    L432 D yes yes
    H433 A no yes
    N434 A, W, Y, H yes yes
    H435 A yes
    Y436 A no yes
  • One aspect as reported herein is a heterodimeric polypeptide comprising
      • a first polypeptide comprising in N-terminal to C-terminal direction at least a portion of an immunoglobulin hinge region, which comprises one or more cysteine residues, an immunoglobulin CH2-domain and an immunoglobulin CH3-domain, and a second polypeptide comprising in N-terminal to C-terminal direction at least a portion of an immunoglobulin hinge region, which comprises one or more cysteine residues, an immunoglobulin CH2-domain and an immunoglobulin CH3-domain,
      • wherein the first polypeptide comprises the mutations Y349C, T366S, L368A and Y407V (hole-chain) and the second polypeptide comprises the mutations S354C and T366W (knob-chain),
      • and
      • wherein the first polypeptide (hole-chain) comprises the mutations
        • i) I253A or I253G, and
        • ii) L314A or L314G or L314D,
      • and
      • wherein the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide are connected by one or more disulfide bridges,
      • and
      • wherein the CH3-domain of the first polypeptide and the CH3-domain of the second polypeptide both bind or both do not bind to protein A
      • (numbering according to the Kabat EU index).
  • In one embodiment the first polypeptide (hole-chain) comprises the mutations
      • i) I253A or I253G, and
      • ii) L314A or L314G or L314D, and
      • iii) T250Q, and/or
      • iv) T256E or T256A.
  • In one embodiment the first polypeptide (hole-chain) comprises the mutations
      • i) I253A or I253G, and
      • ii) L314A or L314G or L314D, and
      • iii) optionally a) T250Q, and/or T256E or T256A, and.
      • iv) a) L251A or L251G or L251D, and/or b) H310A or H310G.
  • In one embodiment the first polypeptide (hole-chain) comprises the mutation
      • i) I253A or I253G, and
      • ii) L314A or L314G or L314D, and
      • iii) a) T250Q, and/or T256E or T256A, and.
      • iv) a) L251A or L251G or L251D, and/or b) H310A or H310G.
      • v) optionally a) T307A or T307H or T307Q or T307P, and/or b)
      • Q311H, and/or c) M252Y, and/or d) S254T.
  • In one embodiment the second polypeptide (knob-chain) comprises the mutation
      • i) T250Q, and/or
      • ii) M252Y, and/or
      • iii) S254T, and/or
      • iv) T256E or T256A, and/or
      • v) T307A or T307H or T307Q or T307P, and/or
      • vi) Q311H.
  • In one embodiment the immunoglobulin hinge region, the immunoglobulin CH2-domain and the immunoglobulin CH3-domain of the first and the second polypeptide are of the human IgG1 subclass. In one embodiment the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide each further comprise the mutations L234A and L235A. In one embodiment the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide each further comprise the mutation P329G. In one embodiment the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide each further comprise the mutations L234A, L235A and P329G.
  • In one embodiment the immunoglobulin hinge region, the immunoglobulin CH2-domain and the immunoglobulin CH3-domain of the first and the second polypeptide are of the human IgG4 subclass. In one embodiment the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide each further comprise the mutations S228P and L235E. In one embodiment the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide each further comprise the mutation P329G. In one embodiment the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide each further comprise the mutations S228P, L235E and P329G.
  • In one embodiment the heterodimeric polypeptide is an Fc-region fusion polypeptide.
  • In one embodiment the heterodimeric polypeptide is a full-length antibody. In one embodiment the
  • In one embodiment the full length antibody is a monospecific antibody. In one embodiment the monospecific antibody is a monovalent monospecific antibody. In one embodiment the monospecific antibody is a bivalent monospecific antibody.
  • In one embodiment the full length antibody is a bispecific antibody. In one embodiment the bispecific antibody is a bivalent bispecific antibody. In one embodiment the bispecific antibody is a tetravalent bispecific antibody.
  • In one embodiment the full length antibody is a trispecific antibody. In one embodiment the trispecific antibody is a trivalent trispecific antibody. In one embodiment the trispecific antibody is a tetravalent trispecific antibody.
  • One aspect as reported herein is an antibody comprising the heterodimeric polypeptide (variant human IgG class Fc-region) as reported herein.
  • The Fc-region (heterodimeric polypeptide) as reported herein when contained in a full length antibody confers the above described characteristics to the molecule.
  • Antibodies, e.g. full-length antibodies or CrossMabs, can comprise a variant (human) human IgG class Fc-region as reported herein.
  • The heterodimeric polypeptides have due to the mutations the properties of not binding to Staphylococcal protein A in one chain (the hole-chain) and of binding to Staphylococcal protein A in the other chain (the knob-chain).
  • Thus, these antibodies can be purified, i.e. separated from unwanted hole-chain dimeric by-products by using conventional protein A affinity materials, such as MabSelectSure. It is not required to use highly sophisticated but species limited affinity materials, such as e.g. KappaSelect, which is only useable with antibodies comprising a light chain of the kappa subclass. Additionally it is not required to adopt the purification method if a modification/exchange of the light chain subclass is made.
  • One aspect as reported herein is a method for producing a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein comprising the following steps:
      • a) cultivating a mammalian cell comprising one or more nucleic acids encoding a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein,
      • b) recovering the heterodimeric polypeptide from the cultivation medium, and
      • c) purifying the heterodimeric polypeptide with a protein A affinity chromatography and thereby producing the dimeric polypeptide.
  • One aspect as reported herein is the use of the combination of mutations i) I253A or I253G, and ii) L314A or L314G or L314D for separating heterodimeric polypeptides from homodimeric polypeptides.
  • One aspect as reported herein is a bispecific antibody providing ease of isolation/purification comprising immunoglobulin heavy chain Fc-regions that are differentially modified, wherein at least one of the modifications results in i) a differential affinity of the bispecific antibody for protein A, and the heterodimeric bispecific antibody is isolable from a disrupted cell, from medium, or from a mixture of antibodies based on its affinity for protein A.
  • In one embodiment the bispecific antibody elutes at a pH value above pH 4.0.
  • In one embodiment the bispecific antibody is isolated using a protein A affinity chromatography and a pH gradient or pH step, wherein the pH gradient or pH step includes the addition of a salt. In a specific embodiment, the salt is present at a concentration of about 0.5 molar to about 1 molar. In one embodiment, the salt is selected from the group consisting of lithium, sodium, and potassium salts of acetate; sodium and potassium bicarbonates; lithium, sodium, and potassium carbonates; lithium, sodium, potassium, and magnesium chlorides; sodium and potassium fluorides; sodium, potassium, and calcium nitrates; sodium and potassium phosphates; and calcium and magnesium sulfates. In one embodiment the salt is a halide salt of an alkaline metal or alkaline earth metal. In one preferred embodiment the salt is sodium chloride.
  • In one aspect the dimeric polypeptide comprises a first polypeptide that is modified as reported herein and a second polypeptide that is not modified regarding protein A or FcRn binding, so as to form a heterodimeric polypeptide, wherein the differential modification results in the dimeric polypeptide eluting from a protein A affinity material at 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1.0, 1.2, 1.3, or 1.4 pH unit(s) higher than a corresponding dimeric polypeptide that lacks the differential modification. In one embodiment, the differentially modified dimeric polypeptide elutes at a pH of 4 or higher, whereas the unmodified dimeric polypeptide elutes at a pH of 3.5 or lower. In one embodiment, the differentially modified dimeric polypeptide elutes at a pH of about 4, whereas the unmodified dimeric polypeptide elutes at a pH of about 2.8-3.5, 2.8-3.2, or 2.8-3. In these embodiments, “unmodified” refers to lack of the modification i) I253A and I253G, and ii) L314A and L314G and L314D (Kabat EU index numbering system) in both of the polypeptides.
  • For chromatographic runs the addition of 0.5 molar to 1 molar salt (e.g. NaCl) may improve the separation of homodimeric polypeptide and heterodimeric polypeptide, especially if derived from the human IgG1 subclass. The addition of salt to the elution solution increasing the pH value can broaden the pH range for elution such that e.g. a pH step gradient could successfully separate the two species.
  • Accordingly, in one embodiment a method for separating a bispecific antibody comprising a heterodimeric IgG Fc-region with one chain comprising mutations as reported herein, comprises a step of employing a pH gradient in the presence of a salt. In one embodiment, the salt is present at a concentration sufficient to maximize the pH difference between elution from a protein A chromatography material of an IgG Fc-region homodimer and an IgG Fc-region heterodimer. In one embodiment the salt is present at a concentration of about 0.5 molar to about 1 molar. In one embodiment the salt is a salt of an alkaline metal or an alkaline earth metal and a halogen. In one embodiment the salt is a chloride salt of an alkaline metal or an alkaline earth metal, such as e.g. NaCl, KCl, LiCl, CaCl2, or MgCl2. In one embodiment the pH gradient is from about pH 4 to about pH 5. In one embodiment the gradient is a linear gradient. In one embodiment, the pH gradient is a step gradient. In one embodiment the method comprises applying to an equilibrated protein A affinity column a solution of about pH 4. In one embodiment the bispecific antibody comprising the heterodimeric IgG Fc-region with respect to the modifications as reported herein elutes from the protein A affinity chromatography material in one or more fractions substantially free of non-heterodimeric bispecific antibody.
  • The heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein is produced by recombinant means. Thus, one aspect of the current invention is a nucleic acid encoding the heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein and a further aspect is a cell comprising the nucleic acid encoding the heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein.
  • Methods for recombinant production are widely known in the state of the art and comprise protein expression in prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells with subsequent isolation of the heterodimeric polypeptide and usually purification to a pharmaceutically acceptable purity. For the expression of the heterodimeric polypeptides as aforementioned in a host cell, nucleic acids encoding the respective first and second polypeptides are inserted into expression vectors by standard methods. Expression is performed in appropriate prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cells like CHO cells, NS0 cells, SP2/0 cells, HEK293 cells, COS cells, PER.C6 cells, yeast, or E. coli cells, and the heterodimeric polypeptide is recovered from the cells (cultivation supernatant or cells after lysis).
  • General methods for recombinant production of antibodies are well known in the state of the art and described, for example, in the review articles of Makrides, S. C., Protein Expr. Purif. 17 (1999) 183-202; Geisse, S., et al., Protein Expr. Purif. 8 (1996) 271-282; Kaufman, R. J., Mol. Biotechnol. 16 (2000) 151-160; Werner, R. G., Drug Res. 48 (1998) 870-880.
  • Accordingly one aspect as reported herein is a method for the production of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein, comprising the steps of
      • a) transforming a host cell with one or more vectors comprising nucleic acid molecules encoding the heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein,
      • b) culturing the host cell to express the heterodimeric polypeptide, and c) recovering the heterodimeric polypeptide from the culture and thereby producing the heterodimeric polypeptide.
  • In one embodiment the recovering step under c) includes the use of an immunoglobulin Fc-region specific capture reagent. In one embodiment this Fc-region specific capture reagent is used in a bind-and-elute-mode. Examples of such
  • Fc-region specific capture reagents are e.g. Staphylococcus protein A-based affinity chromatography columns, which are based on a highly rigid agarose base matrix that allows high flow rates and low back pressure at large scale. They feature a ligand that binds to the heterodimeric polypeptide, i.e. its Fc-region. The ligands are attached to the matrix via a long hydrophilic spacer arm to make it easily available for binding to the target molecule.
  • The heterodimeric polypeptides as reported herein are suitably separated from the culture medium by conventional immunoglobulin purification procedures such as, for example, protein A-Sepharose, hydroxylapatite chromatography, gel electrophoresis, dialysis, or affinity chromatography.
  • DNA and RNA encoding the monoclonal antibodies are readily isolated and sequenced using conventional procedures. Once isolated, the DNA may be inserted into expression vectors, which are then transfected into host cells such as HEK 293 cells, CHO cells, or myeloma cells that do not otherwise produce heterodimeric polypeptides, to obtain the synthesis of recombinant monoclonal heterodimeric polypeptides in the host cells.
  • Purification of antibodies is performed in order to eliminate cellular components or other contaminants, e.g. other cellular nucleic acids or proteins, by standard techniques, including alkaline/SDS treatment, CsCl banding, column chromatography, agarose gel electrophoresis, and others well known in the art (see Ausubel, F., et al., ed. Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Greene Publishing and Wiley Interscience, New York (1987)). Different methods are well established and widespread used for protein purification, such as affinity chromatography with microbial proteins (e.g. protein A or protein G affinity chromatography), ion exchange chromatography (e.g. cation exchange (carboxymethyl resins), anion exchange (amino ethyl resins) and mixed-mode exchange), thiophilic adsorption (e.g. with beta-mercaptoethanol and other SH ligands), hydrophobic interaction or aromatic adsorption chromatography (e.g. with phenyl-Sepharose, aza-arenophilic resins, or m-aminophenylboronic acid), metal chelate affinity chromatography (e.g. with Ni(II)- and Cu(II)-affinity material), size exclusion chromatography, and electrophoretical methods (such as gel electrophoresis, capillary electrophoresis) (Vijayalakshmi, M. A., Appl. Biochem. Biotech. 75 (1998) 93-102).
  • One aspect of the invention is a pharmaceutical formulation comprising a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein. Another aspect of the invention is the use of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical formulation. A further aspect of the invention is a method for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical formulation comprising a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein. In another aspect, the present invention provides a formulation, e.g. a pharmaceutical formulation, containing a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein, formulated together with a pharmaceutical carrier.
  • A formulation as reported herein can be administered by a variety of methods known in the art. As will be appreciated by the skilled artisan, the route and/or mode of administration will vary depending upon the desired results. To administer a compound of the invention by certain routes of administration, it may be necessary to coat the compound with, or co-administer the compound with, a material to prevent its inactivation. For example, the compound may be administered to a subject in an appropriate carrier, for example, liposomes, or a diluent. Pharmaceutically acceptable diluents include saline and aqueous buffer solutions. Pharmaceutical carriers include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is known in the art.
  • Many possible modes of delivery can be used, including, but not limited to intraocular application or topical application. In one embodiment the application is intraocular and includes, but it's not limited to subconjunctival injection, intracanieral injection, injection into the anterior chamber via the termporai limbus, intrastromal injection, intracorneal injection, subretinal injection, aqueous humor injection, subtenon injection or sustained delivery device, intravitreal injection (e.g., front, mid or back vitreal injection). In one embodiment the application is topical and includes, but it's not limited to eye drops to the cornea.
  • In one embodiment the heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein or the pharmaceutical formulation as reported herein is administered via intravitreal application, e.g. via intravitreal injection. This can be performed in accordance with standard procedures known in the art. See, e.g., Ritter et al., J. Clin. Invest. 116 (2006) 3266-3276; Russelakis-Cameiro et al., Neuropathol. Appl. Neurobiol. 25 (1999) 196-206; and Wray et al., Arch. Neurol. 33 (1976) 183-185.
  • In some embodiments, therapeutic kits of the invention can contain one or more doses of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein present in a pharmaceutical formulation as described herein, a suitable device for intravitreal injection of the pharmaceutical formulation, and an instruction detailing suitable subjects and protocols for carrying out the injection. In these embodiments, the formulations are typically administered to the subject in need of treatment via intravitreal injection. This can be performed in accordance with standard procedures known in the art (see, e.g., Ritter et al., J. Clin. Invest. 116 (2006) 3266-3276; Russelakis-Cameiro et al., Neuropathol. Appl. Neurobiol. 25 (1999) 196-206; and Wray et al., Arch. Neurol. 33 (1976) 183-185).
  • The formulation may also contain adjuvants such as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents and dispersing agents. Prevention of presence of microorganisms may be ensured both by sterilization procedures, supra, and by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents, such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the like into the formulations. In addition, prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form may be brought about by the inclusion of agents, which delay absorption, such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
  • Regardless of the route of administration selected, the compounds as reported herein, which may be used in a suitable hydrated form, and/or the pharmaceutical formulations as reported herein, are formulated into pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms by conventional methods known to those of skill in the art.
  • Actual dosage levels of the active ingredients in the pharmaceutical formulation as reported herein may be varied so as to obtain an amount of the active ingredient which is effective to achieve the desired therapeutic response for a particular patient, composition, and mode of administration, without being toxic to the patient. The selected dosage level will depend upon a variety of pharmacokinetic factors including the activity of the particular compositions of the present invention employed, the route of administration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion of the particular compound being employed, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds and/or materials used in combination with the particular compositions employed, the age, sex, weight, condition, general health and prior medical history of the patient being treated, and like factors well known in the medical arts.
  • The formulation must be sterile and fluid to the extent that the formulation is deliverable by syringe. In addition to water, the carrier in one preferred embodiment is an isotonic buffered saline solution.
  • Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by use of coating such as lecithin, by maintenance of required particle size in the case of dispersion and by use of surfactants. In many cases, it is preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as mannitol or sorbitol, and sodium chloride in the composition.
  • The formulation can comprise an ophthalmic depot formulation comprising an active agent for subconjunctival administration. The ophthalmic depot formulation comprises microparticles of essentially pure active agent, e.g., a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein. The microparticles comprising a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein can be embedded in a biocompatible pharmaceutically acceptable polymer or a lipid-encapsulating agent. The depot formulations may be adapted to release all of substantially all the active material over an extended period of time. The polymer or lipid matrix, if present, may be adapted to degrade sufficiently to be transported from the site of administration after release of all or substantially all the active agent. The depot formulation can be liquid formulation, comprising a pharmaceutical acceptable polymer and a dissolved or dispersed active agent. Upon injection, the polymer forms a depot at the injections site, e.g. by gelifying or precipitating.
  • Another aspect of the invention is a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for use in the treatment of ocular vascular diseases.
  • One embodiment of the invention is a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for use in the treatment of ocular vascular diseases.
  • Another aspect of the invention is the pharmaceutical formulation for use in the treatment of ocular vascular diseases.
  • Another aspect of the invention is the use of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of ocular vascular disease.
  • Another aspect of the invention is method of treatment of patient suffering from ocular vascular diseases by administering a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein to a patient in the need of such treatment.
  • It is herewith expressly stated that the term “comprising” as used herein comprises the term “consisting of”. Thus, all aspects and embodiments that contain the term “comprising” are likewise disclosed with the term “consisting of”.
  • D. Modifications
  • In a further aspect, a heterodimeric polypeptide according to any of the above embodiments may incorporate any of the features, singly or in combination, as described in Sections 1-6 below:
  • 1. Antibody Affinity
  • In one embodiment, Kd is measured using a BIACORE® surface plasmon resonance assay. For example, an assay using a BIACORE®-2000 or a BIACORE®-3000 (GE Healthcare Inc., Piscataway, N.J.) is performed at 25° C. with immobilized binding partner CM5 chips at ˜10 response units (RU). In one embodiment, carboxymethylated dextran biosensor chips (CM5, GE Healthcare Inc.) are activated with N-ethyl-N′-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC) and N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) according to the supplier's instructions. Binding partner is diluted with 10 mM sodium acetate, pH 4.8, to 5 μg/mL (˜0.2 μM) before injection at a flow rate of 5 μl/minute to achieve approximately 10 response units (RU) of coupled binding partner. Following the injection of the binding partner, 1 M ethanolamine is injected to block non-reacted groups. For kinetics measurements, two-fold serial dilutions of the dimeric polypeptide containing fusion polypeptide or antibody (0.78 nM to 500 nM) are injected in PBS with 0.05% polysorbate 20 (TWEEN-20™) surfactant (PBST) at 25° C. at a flow rate of approximately 25 μL/min. Association rates (kon) and dissociation rates (koff) are calculated using a simple one-to-one Langmuir binding model (BIACORE® Evaluation Software version 3.2) by simultaneously fitting the association and dissociation sensorgrams. The equilibrium dissociation constant (Kd) is calculated as the ratio koff/kon (see, e.g., Chen, Y. et al., J. Mol. Biol. 293 (1999) 865-881). If the on-rate exceeds 106 M−1 s−1 by the surface plasmon resonance assay above, then the on-rate can be determined by using a fluorescent quenching technique that measures the increase or decrease in fluorescence emission intensity (excitation=295 nm; emission=340 nm, 16 nm band-pass) at 25° C. of a 20 nM anti-antigen antibody (Fab form) in PBS, pH 7.2, in the presence of increasing concentrations of antigen as measured in a spectrometer, such as a stop-flow equipped spectrophotometer (Aviv Instruments) or a 8000-series SLM-AMINCO™ spectrophotometer (ThermoSpectronic) with a stirred cuvette.
  • 2. Chimeric and Humanized Antibodies
  • In certain embodiments, a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein is comprised in a chimeric antibody. Certain chimeric antibodies are described, e.g., in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; and Morrison, S. L., et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81 (1984) 6851-6855). In one example, a chimeric antibody comprises a non-human variable region (e.g., a variable region derived from a mouse, rat, hamster, rabbit, or non-human primate, such as a monkey) and a human constant region. In a further example, a chimeric antibody is a “class switched” antibody in which the class or subclass has been changed from that of the parent antibody. Chimeric antibodies include antigen-binding fragments thereof.
  • In certain embodiments, a chimeric antibody is a humanized antibody. Typically, a non-human antibody is humanized to reduce immunogenicity to humans, while retaining the specificity and affinity of the parental non-human antibody. Generally, a humanized antibody comprises one or more variable domains in which HVRs, e.g., CDRs, (or portions thereof) are derived from a non-human antibody, and FRs (or portions thereof) are derived from human antibody sequences. A humanized antibody optionally will also comprise at least a portion of a human constant region.
  • In some embodiments, some FR residues in a humanized antibody are substituted with corresponding residues from a non-human antibody (e.g., the antibody from which the HVR residues are derived), e.g., to restore or improve antibody specificity or affinity.
  • Humanized antibodies and methods of making them are reviewed, e.g., in Almagro, J. C. and Fransson, J., Front. Biosci. 13 (2008) 1619-1633, and are further described, e.g., in Riechmann, I., et al., Nature 332 (1988) 323-329; Queen, C., et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86 (1989) 10029-10033; U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,821,337, 7,527,791, 6,982,321, and 7,087,409; Kashmiri, S. V., et al., Methods 36 (2005) 25-34 (describing specificity determining region (SDR) grafting); Padlan, E. A., Mol. Immunol. 28 (1991) 489-498 (describing “resurfacing”); Dall'Acqua, W. F. et al., Methods 36 (2005) 43-60 (describing “FR shuffling”); Osbourn, J. et al., Methods 36 (2005) 61-68; and Klimka, A. et al., Br. J. Cancer 83 (2000) 252-260 (describing the “guided selection” approach to FR shuffling).
  • Human framework regions that may be used for humanization include but are not limited to: framework regions selected using the “best-fit” method (see, e.g., Sims, M. J., et al., J. Immunol. 151 (1993) 2296-2308; framework regions derived from the consensus sequence of human antibodies of a particular subgroup of light or heavy chain variable regions (see, e.g., Carter, P., et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89 (1992) 4285-4289; and Presta, L. G., et al., J. Immunol. 151 (1993) 2623-2632); human mature (somatically mutated) framework regions or human germline framework regions (see, e.g., Almagro, J. C. and Fransson, J., Front. Biosci. 13 (2008) 1619-1633); and framework regions derived from screening FR libraries (see, e.g., Baca, M. et al., J. Biol. Chem. 272 (1997) 10678-10684 and Rosok, M. J. et al., J. Biol. Chem. 271 (19969 22611-22618).
  • 3. Human Antibodies
  • In certain embodiments, a dimeric polypeptide as reported herein is derived from a human antibody. Human antibodies can be produced using various techniques known in the art. Human antibodies are described generally in van Dijk, M. A. and van de Winkel, J. G., Curr. Opin. Pharmacol. 5 (2001) 368-374 and Lonberg, N., Curr. Opin. Immunol. 20 (2008) 450-459.
  • Human antibodies may be prepared by administering an immunogen to a transgenic animal that has been modified to produce intact human antibodies or intact antibodies with human variable regions in response to antigenic challenge. Such animals typically contain all or a portion of the human immunoglobulin loci, which replace the endogenous immunoglobulin loci, or which are present extrachromosomally or integrated randomly into the animal's chromosomes. In such transgenic mice, the endogenous immunoglobulin loci have generally been inactivated. For review of methods for obtaining human antibodies from transgenic animals, see Lonberg, N., Nat. Biotech. 23 (2005) 1117-1125. See also, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,075,181 and 6,150,584 describing XENOMOUSE™ technology; U.S. Pat. No. 5,770,429 describing HuMAB® technology; U.S. Pat. No. 7,041,870 describing K-M MOUSE® technology, and US 2007/0061900, describing VELoCIMOUSE® technology). Human variable regions from intact antibodies generated by such animals may be further modified, e.g., by combining with a different human constant region.
  • Human antibodies can also be made by hybridoma-based methods. Human myeloma and mouse-human heteromyeloma cell lines for the production of human monoclonal antibodies have been described. (See, e.g., Kozbor, D., J. Immuno1.133 (1984) 3001-3005; Brodeur, B. R., et al., Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and Applications, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York (1987), pp. 51-63; and Boemer, P., et al., J. Immunol. 147 (1991) 86-95). Human antibodies generated via human B-cell hybridoma technology are also described in Li, J., et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 103 (2006) 3557-3562. Additional methods include those described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 7,189,826 (describing production of monoclonal human IgM antibodies from hybridoma cell lines) and Ni, J., Xiandai Mianyixue 26 (2006) 265-268 (describing human-human hybridomas). Human hybridoma technology (Trioma technology) is also described in Vollmers, H. P. and Brandlein, S., Histology and Histopathology 20 (2005) 927-937 and Vollmers, H. P. and Brandlein, S., Methods and Findings in Experimental and Clinical Pharmacology 27 (2005) 185-191.
  • Human antibodies may also be generated by isolating Fv clone variable domain sequences selected from human-derived phage display libraries. Such variable domain sequences may then be combined with a desired human constant domain. Techniques for selecting human antibodies from antibody libraries are described below.
  • 4. Library-Derived Antibodies
  • In certain embodiments a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein is comprised in a library-derived antibody. Library-derived antibodies may be isolated by screening combinatorial libraries for antibodies with the desired activity or activities.
  • For example, a variety of methods are known in the art for generating phage display libraries and screening such libraries for antibodies possessing the desired binding characteristics. Such methods are reviewed, e.g., in Hoogenboom, H. R. et al., Methods in Molecular Biology 178 (2001) 1-37 and further described, e.g., in the McCafferty, J. et al., Nature348 (1990) 552-554; Clackson, T. et al., Nature 352 (1991) 624-628; Marks, J. D. et al., J. Mol. Biol. 222 (1992) 581-597; Marks, J. D. and Bradbury, A., Methods in Molecular Biology 248 (2003) 161-175; Sidhu, S. S. et al., J. Mol. Biol. 338 (2004) 299-310; Lee, C. V. et al., J. Mol. Biol. 340 (2004) 1073-1093; Fellouse, F. A., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 101 (2004) 12467-12472; and Lee, C. V. et al., J. Immunol. Methods 284 (2004) 119-132.
  • In certain phage display methods, repertoires of VH and VL genes are separately cloned by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and recombined randomly in phage libraries, which can then be screened for antigen-binding phage as described in Winter, G., et al., Ann. Rev. Immunol. 12 (1994) 433-455. Phage typically display antibody fragments, either as single-chain Fv (scFv) fragments or as Fab fragments. Libraries from immunized sources provide high-affinity antibodies to the immunogen without the requirement of constructing hybridomas. Alternatively, the naive repertoire can be cloned (e.g., from human) to provide a single source of antibodies to a wide range of non-self and also self-antigens without any immunization as described by Griffiths, A. D., et al., EMBO J. 12 (1993) 725-734. Finally, naive libraries can also be made synthetically by cloning non-rearranged V-gene segments from stem cells, and using PCR primers containing random sequence to encode the highly variable CDR3 regions and to accomplish rearrangement in vitro, as described by Hoogenboom, H. R. and Winter, G., J. Mol. Biol. 227 (1992) 381-388. Patent publications describing human antibody phage libraries include, for example: U.S. Pat. No. 5,750,373, and US 2005/0079574, US 2005/0119455, US 2005/0266000, US 2007/0117126, US 2007/0160598, US 2007/0237764, US 2007/0292936, and US 2009/0002360.
  • Antibodies or antibody fragments isolated from human antibody libraries are considered human antibodies or human antibody fragments herein.
  • 5. Multispecific Antibodies
  • In certain embodiments, a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein is comprised in a multispecific antibody, e.g. a bispecific antibody. Multispecific antibodies are monoclonal antibodies that have binding specificities for at least two different sites. In certain embodiments, one of the binding specificities is for a first antigen and the other is for a different second antigen. In certain embodiments, bispecific antibodies may bind to two different epitopes of the same antigen. Bispecific antibodies may also be used to localize cytotoxic agents to cells, which express at least one of the antigens. Bispecific antibodies can be prepared as full-length antibodies or antibody fragments.
  • Techniques for making multispecific antibodies include, but are not limited to, recombinant co-expression of two immunoglobulin heavy chain-light chain pairs having different specificities (see Milstein, C. and Cuello, A. C., Nature 305 (1983) 537-540, WO 93/08829, and Traunecker, A., et al., EMBO J. 10 (1991) 3655-3659), and “knob-in-hole” engineering (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,731,168). Multi-specific antibodies may also be made by engineering electrostatic steering effects for making antibody Fc-heterodimeric molecules (WO 2009/089004); cross-linking two or more antibodies or fragments (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,676,980, and Brennan, M. et al., Science229 (1985) 81-83); using leucine zippers to produce bi-specific antibodies (see, e.g., Kostelny, S. A., et al., J. Immunol. 148 (1992) 1547-1553; using “diabody” technology for making bispecific antibody fragments (see, e.g., Holliger, P. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90 (1993) 6444-6448); and using single-chain Fv (scFv) dimers (see, e.g. Gruber, M et al., J. Immunol. 152 (1994) 5368-5374); and preparing trispecific antibodies as described, e.g., in Tuft, A. et al., J. Immunol. 147 (1991) 60-69).
  • Engineered antibodies with three or more functional antigen binding sites, including “Octopus antibodies,” are also included herein (see, e.g. US 2006/0025576).
  • The antibody or fragment herein also includes a “Dual Acting Fab” or “DAF” (see, US 2008/0069820, for example).
  • The antibody or fragment herein also includes multispecific antibodies described in WO 2009/080251, WO 2009/080252, WO 2009/080253, WO 2009/080254, WO 2010/112193, WO 2010/115589, WO 2010/136172, WO 2010/145792, and WO 2010/145793.
  • 6. Antibody Variants
  • In certain embodiments, a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein is comprised in an antibody. In further embodiment amino acid sequence variants of the antibodies provided herein are contemplated. For example, it may be desirable to improve the binding affinity and/or other biological properties of the antibody. Amino acid sequence variants of an antibody may be prepared by introducing appropriate modifications into the nucleotide sequence encoding the antibody, or by peptide synthesis. Such modifications include, for example, deletions from, and/or insertions into and/or substitutions of residues within the amino acid sequences of the antibody.
  • Any combination of deletion, insertion, and substitution can be made to arrive at the final construct, provided that the final construct possesses the desired characteristics, e.g., antigen-binding.
  • a) Substitution, Insertion, and Deletion Variants
  • In certain embodiments, antibody variants having one or more amino acid substitutions are provided. Sites of interest for substitutional mutagenesis include the HVRs and FRs. Conservative substitutions are shown in the Table below under the heading of “preferred substitutions”. More substantial changes are provided in the following Table under the heading of “exemplary substitutions”, and as further described below in reference to amino acid side chain classes. Amino acid substitutions may be introduced into an antibody of interest and the products screened for a desired activity, e.g., retained/improved antigen binding, decreased immunogenicity, or improved ADCC or CDC.
  • TABLE
    Original Exemplary Preferred
    Residue Substitutions Substitutions
    Ala (A) Val; Leu; Ile Val
    Arg (R) Lys; Gln; Asn Lys
    Asn (N) Gln; His; Asp, Lys; Arg Gln
    Asp (D) Glu; Asn Glu
    Cys (C) Ser; Ala Ser
    Gln (Q) Asn; Glu Asn
    Glu (E) Asp; Gln Asp
    Gly (G) Ala Ala
    His (H) Asn; Gln; Lys; Arg Arg
    Ile (I) Leu; Val; Met; Ala; Phe; Leu
    norleucine
    Leu (L) norleucine; Ile; Val; Met; Ile
    Ala; Phe
    Lys (K) Arg; Gln; Asn Arg
    Met (M) Leu; Phe; Ile Leu
    Phe (F) Trp; Leu; Val; Ile; Ala; Tyr Tyr
    Pro (P) Ala Ala
    Ser (S) Thr Thr
    Thr (T) Val; Ser Ser
    Trp (W) Tyr; Phe Tyr
    Tyr (Y) Trp; Phe; Thr; Ser Phe
    Val (V) Ile; Leu; Met; Phe; Ala; Leu
    norleucine
  • Amino acids may be grouped according to common side-chain properties:
      • (1) hydrophobic: norleucine, Met, Ala, Val, Leu, Ile;
      • (2) neutral hydrophilic: Cys, Ser, Thr, Asn, Gln;
      • (3) acidic: Asp, Glu;
      • (4) basic: His, Lys, Arg;
      • (5) residues that influence chain orientation: Gly, Pro;
      • (6) aromatic: Trp, Tyr, Phe.
  • Non-conservative substitutions will entail exchanging a member of one of these classes for another class.
  • One type of substitutional variant involves substituting one or more hypervariable region residues of a parent antibody (e.g. a humanized or human antibody). Generally, the resulting variant(s) selected for further study will have modifications (e.g., improvements) in certain biological properties (e.g., increased affinity, reduced immunogenicity) relative to the parent antibody and/or will have substantially retained certain biological properties of the parent antibody. An exemplary substitutional variant is an affinity-matured antibody, which may be conveniently generated, e.g., using phage display-based affinity maturation techniques such as those described herein. Briefly, one or more HVR residues are mutated and the variant antibodies displayed on phage and screened for a particular biological activity (e.g. binding affinity).
  • Alterations (e.g., substitutions) may be made in HVRs, e.g., to improve antibody affinity. Such alterations may be made in HVR “hotspots,” i.e., residues encoded by codons that undergo mutation at high frequency during the somatic maturation process (see, e.g., Chowdhury, P. S., Methods Mol. Biol. 207 (2008) 179-196), and/or residues that contact antigen, with the resulting variant VH or VL being tested for binding affinity. Affinity maturation by constructing and reselecting from secondary libraries has been described, e.g., in Hoogenboom, H. R. et al. in Methods in Molecular Biology 178 (2002) 1-37. In some embodiments of affinity maturation, diversity is introduced into the variable genes chosen for maturation by any of a variety of methods (e.g., error-prone PCR, chain shuffling, or oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis). A secondary library is then created. The library is then screened to identify any antibody variants with the desired affinity. Another method to introduce diversity involves HVR-directed approaches, in which several HVR residues (e.g., 4-6 residues at a time) are randomized. HVR residues involved in antigen binding may be specifically identified, e.g., using alanine scanning mutagenesis or modeling. CDR-H3 and CDR-L3 in particular are often targeted.
  • In certain embodiments, substitutions, insertions, or deletions may occur within one or more HVRs so long as such alterations do not substantially reduce the ability of the antibody to bind antigen. For example, conservative alterations (e.g., conservative substitutions as provided herein) that do not substantially reduce binding affinity may be made in HVRs. Such alterations may, for example, be outside of antigen contacting residues in the HVRs. In certain embodiments of the variant VH and VL sequences provided above, each HVR either is unaltered, or contains no more than one, two or three amino acid substitutions.
  • A useful method for identification of residues or regions of an antibody that may be targeted for mutagenesis is called “alanine scanning mutagenesis” as described by Cunningham, B. C. and Wells, J. A., Science 244 (1989) 1081-1085. In this method, a residue or group of target residues (e.g., charged residues such as Arg, Asp, His, Lys, and Glu) are identified and replaced by a neutral or negatively charged amino acid (e.g., alanine or polyalanine) to determine whether the interaction of the antibody with antigen is affected. Further substitutions may be introduced at the amino acid locations demonstrating functional sensitivity to the initial substitutions. Alternatively, or additionally, a crystal structure of an antigen-antibody complex to identify contact points between the antibody and antigen can be used. Such contact residues and neighboring residues may be targeted or eliminated as candidates for substitution. Variants may be screened to determine whether they contain the desired properties.
  • Amino acid sequence insertions include amino- and/or carboxyl-terminal fusions ranging in length from one residue to polypeptides containing a hundred or more residues, as well as intrasequence insertions of single or multiple amino acid residues. Examples of terminal insertions include an antibody with an N-terminal methionyl residue. Other insertional variants of the antibody molecule include the fusion to the N- or C-terminus of the antibody to an enzyme (e.g. for ADEPT) or a polypeptide, which increases the serum half-life of the antibody.
  • b) Glycosylation Variants
  • In certain embodiments, an antibody provided herein is altered to increase or decrease the extent to which the antibody is glycosylated. Addition or deletion of glycosylation sites to an antibody may be conveniently accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence such that one or more glycosylation sites is created or removed.
  • Where the antibody comprises an Fc-region, the carbohydrate attached thereto may be altered. Native antibodies produced by mammalian cells typically comprise a branched, biantennary oligosaccharide that is generally attached by an N-linkage to Asn297 of the CH2 domain of the Fc-region. See, e.g., Wright, A. and Morrison, S. L., TIBTECH 15 (1997) 26-32. The oligosaccharide may include various carbohydrates, e.g., mannose, N-acetyl glucosamine (GlcNAc), galactose, and sialic acid, as well as a fucose attached to a GlcNAc in the “stem” of the biantennary oligosaccharide structure. In some embodiments, modifications of the oligosaccharide in an antibody of the invention may be made in order to create antibody variants with certain improved properties.
  • In one embodiment, antibody variants are provided having a carbohydrate structure that lacks fucose attached (directly or indirectly) to an Fc-region. For example, the amount of fucose in such antibody may be from 1% to 80%, from 1% to 65%, from 5% to 65% or from 20% to 40%. The amount of fucose is determined by calculating the average amount of fucose within the sugar chain at Asn297, relative to the sum of all glycostructures attached to Asn 297 (e. g. complex, hybrid and high mannose structures) as measured by MALDI-TOF mass spectrometry, as described in WO 2008/077546, for example. Asn297 refers to the asparagine residue located at about position 297 in the Fc-region (EU numbering of Fc-region residues); however, Asn297 may also be located about ±3 amino acids upstream or downstream of position 297, i.e., between positions 294 and 300, due to minor sequence variations in antibodies. Such fucosylation variants may have improved ADCC function. See, e.g., US 2003/0157108; US 2004/0093621. Examples of publications related to “defucosylated” or “fucose-deficient” antibody variants include: US 2003/0157108; WO 2000/61739; WO 2001/29246; US 2003/0115614; US 2002/0164328; US 2004/0093621; US 2004/0132140; US 2004/0110704; US 2004/0110282; US 2004/0109865; WO 2003/085119; WO 2003/084570; WO 2005/035586; WO 2005/035778; WO 2005/053742; WO 2002/031140; Okazaki, A. et al., J. Mol. Biol. 336 (2004) 1239-1249; Yamane-Ohnuki, N. et al., Biotech. Bioeng. 87 (2004) 614-622. Examples of cell lines capable of producing defucosylated antibodies include Lec13 CHO cells deficient in protein fucosylation (Ripka, J., et al., Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 249 (1986) 533-545; US 2003/0157108; and WO 2004/056312, especially at Example 11), and knockout cell lines, such as alpha-1,6-fucosyltransferase gene, FUT8, knockout CHO cells (see, e.g., Yamane-Ohnuki, N., et al., Biotech. Bioeng. 87 (2004) 614-622; Kanda, Y., et al., Biotechnol. Bioeng. 94 (2006) 680-688; and WO 2003/085107).
  • Antibodies variants are further provided with bisected oligosaccharides, e.g., in which a biantennary oligosaccharide attached to the Fc-region of the antibody is bisected by GlcNAc. Such antibody variants may have reduced fucosylation and/or improved ADCC function. Examples of such antibody variants are described, e.g., in WO 2003/011878; U.S. Pat. No. 6,602,684; and US 2005/0123546. Antibody variants with at least one galactose residue in the oligosaccharide attached to the Fc-region are also provided. Such antibody variants may have improved CDC function. Such antibody variants are described, e.g., in WO 1997/30087; WO 1998/58964; and WO 1999/22764.
  • c) Fe-Region Variants
  • In certain embodiments, one or more further amino acid modifications may be introduced into a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein, thereby generating an Fc-region variant. The Fc-region variant may be derived from a human Fc-region sequence (e.g., a human IgG1, IgG2, IgG3 or IgG4 Fc-region) comprising an amino acid modification (e.g. a substitution/mutation) at one or more amino acid positions.
  • In certain embodiments, the invention contemplates a heterodimeric polypeptide that possesses some but not all effector functions, which make it a desirable candidate for applications in which the half-life of the dimeric polypeptide in vivo is important yet certain effector functions (such as CDC and ADCC) are unnecessary or deleterious. In vitro and/or in vivo cytotoxicity assays can be conducted to confirm the reduction/depletion of CDC and/or ADCC activities. For example, Fc receptor (FcR) binding assays can be conducted to ensure that the heterodimeric polypeptide antibody lacks FcγR binding (hence likely lacking ADCC activity), but retains FcRn binding ability. The primary cells for mediating ADCC, NK cells, express FcγRIII only, whereas monocytes express FcγR1, FcγRII and FcγRIII. FcR expression on hematopoietic cells is summarized in Table 3 on page 464 of Ravetch, J. V. and Kinet, J. P., Annu. Rev. Immunol. 9 (1991) 457-492. Non-limiting examples of in vitro assays to assess ADCC activity of a molecule of interest are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,500,362 (see, e.g. Hellstrom, I. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83 (1986) 7059-7063; and Hellstrom, I. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82 (1985) 1499-1502); U.S. Pat. No. 5,821,337 (see Bruggemann, M. et al., J. Exp. Med. 166 (1987) 1351-1361). Alternatively, non-radioactive assays methods may be employed (see, for example, ACTI™ non-radioactive cytotoxicity assay for flow cytometry (CellTechnology, Inc. Mountain View, Calif.; and CytoTox 96® non-radioactive cytotoxicity assay (Promega, Madison, Wis.). Useful effector cells for such assays include peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) and Natural Killer (NK) cells. Alternatively, or additionally, ADCC activity of the molecule of interest may be assessed in vivo, e.g., in an animal model such as that disclosed in Clynes, R. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95 (1998) 652-656. C1q binding assays may also be carried out to confirm that the dimeric polypeptide is unable to bind C1q and hence lacks CDC activity. See, e.g., C1q and C3c binding ELISA in WO 2006/029879 and WO 2005/100402. To assess complement activation, a CDC assay may be performed (see, for example, Gazzano-Santoro, H. et al., J. Immunol. Methods 202 (1996) 163-171; Cragg, M. S. et al., Blood 101 (2003) 1045-1052; and Cragg, M. S. and M. J. Glennie, Blood 103 (2004) 2738-2743). FcRn binding and in vivo clearance/half-life determinations can also be performed using methods known in the art (see, e.g., Petkova, S. B. et al., Int. Immunol. 18 (2006) 1759-1769).
  • Heterodimeric polypeptides with reduced effector function include those with substitution of one or more of Fc-region residues 238, 265, 269, 270, 297, 327 and 329 (U.S. Pat. No. 6,737,056). Such Fc-region variants include Fc-regions with substitutions at two or more of amino acid positions 265, 269, 270, 297 and 327, including the so-called “DANA” Fc-region mutant with substitution of residues 265 and 297 to alanine (U.S. Pat. No. 7,332,581).
  • Certain antibody variants with improved or diminished binding to FcRs are described. (See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,737,056; WO 2004/056312, and Shields, R. L. et al., J. Biol. Chem. 276 (2001) 6591-6604).
  • In certain embodiments, a heterodimeric polypeptide variant comprises an Fc-region with one or more amino acid substitutions, which improve ADCC, e.g., substitutions at positions 298, 333, and/or 334 of the Fc-region (EU numbering of residues).
  • In some embodiments, alterations are made in the Fc-region that result in altered (i.e., either improved or diminished) C1q binding and/or Complement Dependent Cytotoxicity (CDC), e.g., as described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,194,551, WO 99/51642, and Idusogie, E. E. et al., J. Immunol. 164 (2000) 4178-4184.
  • Antibodies with increased half-lives and improved binding to the neonatal Fc receptor (FcRn), which is responsible for the transfer of maternal IgGs to the fetus (Guyer, R. L. et al., J. Immunol. 117 (1976) 587-593, and Kim, J. K. et al., J. Immunol. 24 (1994) 2429-2434), are described in US 2005/0014934. Those antibodies comprise an Fc-region with one or more substitutions therein, which improve binding of the Fc-region to FcRn. Such Fc-region variants include those with substitutions at one or more of Fc-region residues: 238, 256, 265, 272, 286, 303, 305, 307, 311, 312, 317, 340, 356, 360, 362, 376, 378, 380, 382, 413, 424 or 434, e.g., substitution of Fc-region residue 434 (U.S. Pat. No. 7,371,826).
  • See also Duncan, A. R. and Winter, G., Nature 322 (1988) 738-740; U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,648,260; 5,624,821; and WO 94/29351 concerning other examples of Fc-region variants.
  • d) Cysteine Engineered Antibody Variants
  • In certain embodiments, it may be desirable to create cysteine engineered heterodimeric polypeptides, e.g., in analogy to “thioMAbs,” in which one or more residues of an antibody are substituted with cysteine residues. In particular embodiments, the substituted residues occur at accessible sites of the heterodimeric polypeptide. By substituting those residues with cysteine, reactive thiol groups are thereby positioned at accessible sites of the heterodimeric polypeptide and may be used to conjugate the heterodimeric polypeptide to other moieties, such as drug moieties or linker-drug moieties, to create an immunoconjugate, as described further herein. In certain embodiments, any one or more of the following residues may be substituted with cysteine: V205 (Kabat numbering) of the light chain; A118 (EU numbering) of the heavy chain; and 5400 (EU numbering) of the heavy chain Fc-region. Cysteine engineered dimeric polypeptides may be generated as described, e.g., in U.S. Pat. No. 7,521,541.
  • e) Derivatives
  • In certain embodiments, a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein may be further modified to contain additional non-proteinaceous moieties that are known in the art and readily available. The moieties suitable for derivatization of the heterodimeric polypeptide include but are not limited to water-soluble polymers. Non-limiting examples of water soluble polymers include, but are not limited to, polyethylene glycol (PEG), copolymers of ethylene glycol/propylene glycol, carboxymethyl cellulose, dextran, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, poly-1,3-dioxolane, poly-1,3,6-trioxane, ethylene/maleic anhydride copolymer, polyamino acids (either homopolymers or random copolymers), and dextran or poly(n-vinyl pyrrolidone)polyethylene glycol, pro-propylene glycol homopolymers, polypropylene oxide/ethylene oxide co-polymers, polyoxyethylated polyols (e.g., glycerol), polyvinyl alcohol, and mixtures thereof. Polyethylene glycol propionaldehyde may have advantages in manufacturing due to its stability in water. The polymer may be of any molecular weight, and may be branched or non-branched. The number of polymers attached to the dimeric polypeptide may vary, and if more than one polymer is attached, they can be the same or different molecules. In general, the number and/or type of polymers used for derivatization can be determined based on considerations including, but not limited to, the particular properties or functions of the dimeric polypeptide to be improved, whether the dimeric polypeptide derivative will be used in a therapy under defined conditions, etc.
  • In another embodiment, conjugates of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein and non-proteinaceous moiety that may be selectively heated by exposure to radiation are provided. In one embodiment, the non-proteinaceous moiety is a carbon nanotube (Kam, N. W. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 102 (2005) 11600-11605). The radiation may be of any wavelength, and includes, but is not limited to, wavelengths that do not harm ordinary cells, but which heat the non-proteinaceous moiety to a temperature at which cells proximal to the dimeric polypeptide-non-proteinaceous moiety are killed.
  • f) Heterodimerization
  • There exist several approaches for CH3-modifications to enforce the heterodimerization, which are well described e.g. in WO 96/27011, WO 98/050431, EP 1870459, WO 2007/110205, WO 2007/147901, WO 2009/089004, WO 2010/129304, WO 2011/90754, WO 2011/143545, WO 2012058768, WO 2013157954, WO 2013096291. Typically in all such approaches the first CH3 domain and the second CH3 domains are both engineered in a complementary manner so that each CH3 domain (or the heavy chain comprising it) cannot longer homodimerize with itself but is forced to heterodimerize with the complementary engineered other CH3 domain (so that the first and second CH3 domain heterodimerize and no homodimers between the two first or the two second CH3 domains are formed). These different approaches for improved heavy chain heterodimerization are contemplated as different alternatives in combination with the heavy-light chain modifications (VH and VL exchange/replacement in one binding arm and the introduction of substitutions of charged amino acids with opposite charges in the CH1/CL interface) in the multispecific antibodies according to the invention which reduce light chain mispairing an Bence-Jones type side products.
  • In one preferred embodiment of the invention (in case the multispecific antibody comprises CH3 domains in the heavy chains) the CH3 domains of said heterodimeric polypeptide according to the invention can be altered by the “knob-into-holes” technology which is described in detail with several examples in e.g. WO 96/027011, Ridgway, J. B., et al., Protein Eng. 9 (1996) 617-621; and Merchant, A. M., et al., Nat. Biotechnol. 16 (1998) 677-681; WO 98/050431. In this method the interaction surfaces of the two CH3 domains are altered to increase the heterodimerization of both heavy chains containing these two CH3 domains. Each of the two CH3 domains (of the two heavy chains) can be the “knob”, while the other is the “hole”. The introduction of a disulfide bridge further stabilizes the heterodimers (Merchant, A. M., et al., Nature Biotech. 16 (1998) 677-681; Atwell, S., et al., J. Mol. Biol. 270 (1997) 26-35) and increases the yield.
  • Thus in one embodiment of the invention said heterodimeric polypeptide (comprises a CH3 domain in each heavy chain and) is further characterized in that
      • the first CH3 domain of the first heavy chain of the antibody under a) and the second CH3 domain of the second heavy chain of the antibody under b) each meet at an interface, which comprises an original interface between the antibody CH3 domains.
        • wherein said interface is altered to promote the formation of the multispecific antibody, wherein the alteration is characterized in that:
        • i) the CH3 domain of one heavy chain is altered, so that within the original interface of the CH3 domain of one heavy chain that meets the original interface of the CH3 domain of the other heavy chain within the multispecific antibody, an amino acid residue is replaced with an amino acid residue having a larger side chain volume, thereby generating a protuberance within the interface of the CH3 domain of one heavy chain, which is positionable in a cavity within the interface of the CH3 domain of the other heavy chain and
        • ii) the CH3 domain of the other heavy chain is altered, so that within the original interface of the second CH3 domain that meets the original interface of the first CH3 domain within the multispecific antibody
        • an amino acid residue is replaced with an amino acid residue having a smaller side chain volume, thereby generating a cavity within the interface of the second CH3 domain within which a protuberance within the interface of the first CH3 domain is positionable.
  • Preferably said amino acid residue having a larger side chain volume is selected from the group consisting of arginine (R), phenylalanine (F), tyrosine (Y), tryptophan (W).
  • Preferably said amino acid residue having a smaller side chain volume is selected from the group consisting of alanine (A), serine (S), threonine (T), valine (V).
  • In one aspect of the invention both CH3 domains are further altered by the introduction of cysteine (C) as amino acid in the corresponding positions of each CH3 domain such that a disulfide bridge between both CH3 domains can be formed.
  • In one preferred embodiment, said heterodimeric polypeptide comprises an amino acid T366W mutation in the first CH3 domain of the “knobs-chain” and amino acid T366S, L368A, Y407V mutations in the second CH3 domain of the “hole-chain”. An additional interchain disulfide bridge between the CH3 domains can also be used (Merchant, A. M., et al., Nature Biotech. 16 (1998) 677-681) e.g. by introducing an amino acid Y349C mutation into the CH3 domain of the “hole-chain” and an amino acid E356C mutation or an amino acid S354C mutation into the CH3 domain of the “knobs-chain”.
  • In one preferred embodiment, said heterodimeric polypeptide (which comprises a CH3 domain in each heavy chain) comprises amino acid S354C, T366W mutations in one of the two CH3 domains and amino acid Y349C, T366S, L368A, Y407V mutations in the other of the two CH3 domains (the additional amino acid S354C mutation in one CH3 domain and the additional amino acid Y349C mutation in the other CH3 domain forming an interchain disulfide bridge) (numbering according to Kabat).
  • Other techniques for CH3-modifications to enforcing the heterodimerization are contemplated as alternatives of the invention and described e.g. in WO 96/27011, WO 98/050431, EP 1870459, WO 2007/110205, WO 2007/147901, WO 2009/089004, WO 2010/129304, WO 2011/90754, WO 2011/143545, WO 2012/058768, WO 2013/157954, WO 2013/096291.
  • In one embodiment the heterodimerization approach described in EP 1 870 459A1, can be used alternatively. This approach is based on the by the introduction of substitutions/mutations of charged amino acids with the opposite charge at specific amino acid positions of the in the CH3/CH3 domain interface between both heavy chains. One preferred embodiment for said heterodimeric polypeptide are amino acid R409D; K370E mutations in the first CH3 domain of the multispecific antibody and amino acid D399K; E357K mutations in the seconds CH3 domain of the multispecific antibody (numbering according to Kabat).
  • In another embodiment said heterodimeric polypeptide comprises a amino acid T366W mutation in the CH3 domain of the “knobs chain” and amino acid T366S, L368A, Y407V mutations in the CH3 domain of the “hole-chain” and additionally amino acid R409D; K370E mutations in the CH3 domain of the “knobs-chain” and amino acid D399K; E357K mutations in the CH3 domain of the “hole-chain”.
  • In another embodiment said heterodimeric polypeptide comprises amino acid S354C, T366W mutations in one of the two CH3 domains and amino acid Y349C, T366S, L368A, Y407V mutations in the other of the two CH3 domains or said multispecific antibody comprises amino acid Y349C, T366W mutations in one of the two CH3 domains and amino acid S354C, T366S, L368A, Y407V mutations in the other of the two CH3 domains and additionally amino acid R409D; K370E mutations in the CH3 domain of the “knobs-chain” and amino acid D399K; E357K mutations in the CH3 domain of the “hole-chain”.
  • In one embodiment the heterodimerization approach described in WO2013/157953 can be used alternatively. In one embodiment a first CH3 domain comprises amino acid T366K mutation and a second CH3 domain polypeptide comprises amino acid L351D mutation. In a further embodiment the first CH3 domain comprises further amino acid L351K mutation. In a further embodiment the second CH3 domain comprises further amino acid mutation selected from Y349E, Y349D and L368E (preferably L368E).
  • In one embodiment the heterodimerization approach described in WO2012/058768 can be used alternatively. In one embodiment a first CH3 domain comprises amino acid L351Y, Y407A mutations and a second CH3 domain comprises amino acid T366A, K409F mutations. In a further embodiment the second CH3 domain comprises a further amino acid mutation at position T411, D399, 5400, F405, N390, or K392 e.g. selected from a) T411 N, T411 R, T411Q, T411 K, T411D, T411E or T411W, b) D399R, D399W, D399Y or D399K, c S400E, S400D, S400R, or S400K F4051, F405M, F405T, F405S, F405V or F405W N390R, N390K or N390D K392V, K392M, K392R, K392L, K392F or K392E. In a further embodiment a first CH3 domain comprises amino acid L351Y, Y407A mutations and a second CH3 domain comprises amino acid T366V, K409F mutations. In a further embodiment a first CH3 domain comprises amino acid Y407A mutations and a second CH3 domain comprises amino acid T366A, K409F mutations. In a further embodiment the second CH3 domain comprises a further amino acid K392E, T411E, D399R and S400R mutations.
  • In one embodiment the heterodimerization approach described in WO2011/143545 can be used alternatively e.g. with the amino acid modification at a position selected from the group consisting of 368 and 409.
  • In one embodiment the heterodimerization approach described in WO2011/090762, which also uses the knobs-into-holes technology described above, can be used alternatively. In one embodiment a first CH3 domain comprises amino acid T366W mutations and a second CH3 domain comprises amino acid Y407A mutations. In one embodiment a first CH3 domain comprises amino acid T366Y mutations and a second CH3 domain comprises amino acid Y407T mutations.
  • In one embodiment the multispecific antibody is of IgG2 isotype and the heterodimerization approach described in WO2010/129304 can be used alternatively.
  • In one embodiment the heterodimerization approach described in WO2009/089004 can be used alternatively. In one embodiment a first CH3 domain comprises amino acid substitution of K392 or N392 with a negative-charged amino acid (e.g. glutamic acid (E), or aspartic acid (D), preferably K392D or N392D) and a second CH3 domain comprises amino acid substitution of D399, E356, D356, or E357 with a positive-charged amino acid (e.g. Lysine (K) or arginine (R), preferably D399K, E356K, D356K, or E357K and more preferably D399K and E356K. In a further embodiment the first CH3 domain further comprises amino acid substitution of K409 or R409 with a negative-charged amino acid (e.g. glutamic acid (E), or aspartic acid (D), preferably K409D or R409D). In a further embodiment the first CH3 domain further or alternatively comprises amino acid substitution of K439 and/or K370 with a negative-charged amino acid (e.g. glutamic acid (E), or aspartic acid (D)).
  • In one embodiment the heterodimerization approach described in WO2007/147901 can be used alternatively. In one embodiment a first CH3 domain comprises amino acid K253E, D282K, and K322D mutations and a second CH3 domain comprises amino acid D239K, E240K, and K292D mutations.
  • In one embodiment the heterodimerization approach described in WO2007/110205 can be used alternatively.
  • E. Recombinant Methods and Compositions
  • Antibodies may be produced using recombinant methods and compositions, e.g., as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567. In one embodiment, isolated nucleic acid(s) encoding a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein is(are) provided. Such nucleic acid may encode an amino acid sequence comprising the first polypeptide and/or an amino acid sequence comprising the second polypeptide of the heterodimeric polypeptide. In a further embodiment, one or more vectors (e.g., expression vectors) comprising such nucleic acid are provided. In a further embodiment, a host cell comprising such nucleic acid is provided. In one such embodiment, a host cell comprises (e.g., has been transformed with): (1) a vector comprising a nucleic acid that encodes an amino acid sequence comprising the first polypeptide of the heterodimeric polypeptide and an amino acid sequence comprising the second polypeptide of the heterodimeric polypeptide, or (2) a first vector comprising a nucleic acid that encodes an amino acid sequence comprising the first polypeptide of the heterodimeric polypeptide and a second vector comprising a nucleic acid that encodes an amino acid sequence comprising the second polypeptide of the heterodimeric polypeptide. In one embodiment, the host cell is eukaryotic, e.g. a Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) cell or lymphoid cell (e.g., Y0, NS0, Sp20 cell). In one embodiment, a method of making a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein is provided, wherein the method comprises culturing a host cell comprising a nucleic acid encoding the heterodimeric polypeptide, as provided above, under conditions suitable for expression of the heterodimeric polypeptide, and optionally recovering the antibody from the host cell (or host cell culture medium).
  • For recombinant production of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein, nucleic acid encoding a heterodimeric polypeptide, e.g., as described above, is isolated and inserted into one or more vectors for further cloning and/or expression in a host cell. Such nucleic acid may be readily isolated and sequenced using conventional procedures (e.g., by using oligonucleotide probes that are capable of binding specifically to genes encoding the variant Fc-region polypeptide(s) and the heavy and light chains of the antibody).
  • Suitable host cells for cloning or expression of heterodimeric polypeptide-encoding vectors include prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells described herein. For example, heterodimeric polypeptides may be produced in bacteria, in particular when glycosylation and Fc effector function are not needed. For expression of antibody fragments and polypeptides in bacteria, see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,648,237, 5,789,199, and 5,840,523. (See also Charlton, K. A., In: Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 248, Lo, B. K. C. (ed.), Humana Press, Totowa, N.J. (2003), pp. 245-254, describing expression of antibody fragments in E. coli.). After expression, the heterodimeric polypeptide may be isolated from the bacterial cell paste in a soluble fraction and can be further purified.
  • In addition to prokaryotes, eukaryotic microbes such as filamentous fungi or yeast are suitable cloning or expression hosts for heterodimeric polypeptide-encoding vectors, including fungi and yeast strains whose glycosylation pathways have been “humanized” resulting in the production of a dimeric polypeptide with a partially or fully human glycosylation pattern. See Gemgross, T. U., Nat. Biotech. 22 (2004) 1409-1414; and Li, H. et al., Nat. Biotech. 24 (2006) 210-215.
  • Suitable host cells for the expression of glycosylated heterodimeric polypeptide are also derived from multicellular organisms (invertebrates and vertebrates). Examples of invertebrate cells include plant and insect cells. Numerous baculoviral strains have been identified which may be used in conjunction with insect cells, particularly for transfection of Spodoptera frugiperda cells.
  • Plant cell cultures can also be utilized as hosts. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,959,177, 6,040,498, 6,420,548, 7,125,978, and 6,417,429 (describing PLANTIBODIES™ technology for producing antibodies in transgenic plants).
  • Vertebrate cells may also be used as hosts. For example, mammalian cell lines that are adapted to grow in suspension may be useful. Other examples of useful mammalian host cell lines are monkey kidney CV1 line transformed by SV40 (COS-7); human embryonic kidney line (HEK293 or 293 cells as described, e.g., in Graham, F. L., et al., J. Gen Virol. 36 (1977) 59-74); baby hamster kidney cells (BHK); mouse sertoli cells (TM4 cells as described, e.g., in Mather, J. P., Biol. Reprod. 23 (1980) 243-252); monkey kidney cells (CV1); African green monkey kidney cells (VERO-76); human cervical carcinoma cells (HELA); canine kidney cells (MDCK); buffalo rat liver cells (BRL 3A); human lung cells (W138); human liver cells (Hep G2); mouse mammary tumor (MMT 060562); TRI cells, as described, e.g., in Mather, J. P., et al., Annals N.Y. Acad. Sci. 383 (1982) 44-68; MRC 5 cells; and FS4 cells. Other useful mammalian host cell lines include Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, including DHFR− CHO cells (Urlaub, G., et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77 (1980) 4216-4220); and myeloma cell lines such as Y0, NS0 and Sp2/0. For a review of certain mammalian host cell lines suitable for antibody production, see, e.g., Yazaki, P. and Wu, A. M., Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 248, Lo, B. K. C. (ed.), Humana Press, Totowa, N.J. (2004), pp. 255-268.
  • F. Combination Treatment
  • In certain embodiments the heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein or pharmaceutical formulation as reported herein is administered alone (without an additional therapeutic agent) for the treatment of one or more ocular vascular diseases described herein.
  • In other embodiments the heterodimeric polypeptide antibody or pharmaceutical formulation as reported herein is administered in combination with one or more additional therapeutic agents or methods for the treatment of one or more vascular eye diseases described herein.
  • In other embodiments, the heterodimeric polypeptide or pharmaceutical formulation as reported herein is formulated in combination with one or more additional therapeutic agents and administered for the treatment of one or more vascular eye diseases described herein.
  • In certain embodiments, the combination treatments provided herein include that the heterodimeric polypeptide or pharmaceutical formulation as reported herein is administered sequentially with one or more additional therapeutic agents for the treatment of one or more ocular vascular diseases described herein.
  • The additional therapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, Tryptophanyl-tRNA synthetase (TrpRS), EyeOOl (anti-VEGF PEGylated aptamer), squalamine, RETAANE™ (anecortave acetate for depot suspension; Alcon, Inc.), Combretastatin A4 Prodrug (CA4P), MACUGEN™, MIFEPREX™ (mifepristone-ru486), subtenon triamcinolone acetonide, intravitreal crystalline triamcinolone acetonide, Prinomastat (AG3340-synthetic matrix metalloproteinase inhibitor, Pfizer), fluocinolone acetonide (including fluocinolone intraocular implant, Bausch & Lomb/Control Delivery Systems), VEGFR inhibitors (Sugen), VEGF-Trap (Regeneron/Aventis), VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitors such as 4-(4-bromo-2-fluoroanilino)-6-methoxy-7-(1-methylpiperidin-4-ylmethoxy)quinazoline (ZD6474), 4-(4-fluoro-2-methylindol-5-yloxy)-6-methoxy-7-(3-pyrrolidin-1-ylpropoxy)quinazoline (AZD2171), vatalanib (PTK787) and SU1 1248 (sunitinib), linomide, and inhibitors of integrin v.beta.3 function and angiostatin.
  • Other pharmaceutical therapies that can be used in combination with the heterodimeric polypeptide or pharmaceutical formulation as reported herein, including, but are not limited to, VISUDYNE™ with use of a non-thermal laser, PKC 412, Endovion (NeuroSearch A/S), neurotrophic factors, including by way of example Glial Derived Neurotrophic Factor and Ciliary Neurotrophic Factor, diatazem, dorzolamide, Phototrop, 9-cis-retinal, eye medication (including Echo Therapy) including phospholine iodide or echothiophate or carbonic anhydrase inhibitors, AE-941 (AEtema Laboratories, Inc.), Sima-027 (Sima Therapeutics, Inc.), pegaptanib (NeXstar Pharmaceuticals/Gilead Sciences), neurotrophins (including, by way of example only, NT-4/5, Genentech), CandS (Acuity Pharmaceuticals), INS-37217 (Inspire Pharmaceuticals), integrin antagonists (including those from Jerini AG and Abbott Laboratories), EG-3306 (Ark Therapeutics Ltd.), BDM-E (BioDiem Ltd.), thalidomide (as used, for example, by EntreMed, Inc.), cardiotrophin-1 (Genentech), 2-methoxyestradiol (Allergan/Oculex), DL-8234 (Toray Industries), NTC-200 (Neurotech), tetrathiomolybdate (University of Michigan), LYN-002 (Lynkeus Biotech), microalgal compound (Aquasearch/Albany, Mera Pharmaceuticals), D-9120 (Celltech Group plc.), ATX-S10 (Hamamatsu Photonics), TGF-beta 2 (Genzyme/Celtrix), tyrosine kinase inhibitors (Allergan, SUGEN, Pfizer), NX-278-L (NeXstar Pharmaceuticals/Gilead Sciences), Opt-24 (OPTIS France SA), retinal cell ganglion neuroprotectants (Cogent Neurosciences), N-nitropyrazole derivatives (Texas A&M University System), KP-102 (Krenitsky Pharmaceuticals), cyclosporine A, timited retinal translocation, photodynamic therapy, (including, by way of example only, receptor-targeted PDT, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Co.; porfimer sodium for injection with PDT; verteporfin, QLT Inc.; rostaporfin with PDT, Miravent Medical Technologies; talaporfin sodium with PDT, Nippon Petroleum; motexafin lutetium, Pharmacyclics, Inc.), antisense oligonucleotides (including, by way of example, products tested by Novagali Pharma SA and ISIS-13650, Isis Pharmaceuticals), laser photocoagulation, drusen lasering, macular hole surgery, macular translocation surgery, implantable miniature telescopes, Phi-Motion Angiography (also known as Micro-Laser Therapy and Feeder Vessel Treatment), Proton Beam Therapy, microstimulation therapy, Retinal Detachment and Vitreous Surgery, Scleral Buckle, Submacular Surgery, Transpupillary Thermotherapy, Photosystem I therapy, use of RNA interference (RNAi), extracorporeal rheopheresis (also known as membrane differential filtration and Rheotherapy), microchip implantation, stem cell therapy, gene replacement therapy, ribozyme gene therapy (including gene therapy for hypoxia response element, Oxford Biomedica; Lentipak, Genetix; PDEF gene therapy, GenVec), photoreceptor/retinal cells transplantation (including transplantable retinal epithelial cells, Diacrin, Inc.; retinal cell transplant, Cell Genesys, Inc.), and acupuncture.
  • Any anti-angiogenic agent can be used in combination with the heterodimeric polypeptide or pharmaceutical formulation as reported herein, including, but not limited to, those listed by Carmeliet and Jain (Nature 407 (2000) 249-257). In certain embodiments, the anti-angiogenic agent is another VEGF antagonist or a VEGF receptor antagonist such as VEGF variants, soluble VEGF receptor fragments, aptamers capable of blocking VEGF or VEGFR, neutralizing anti-VEGFR antibodies, low molecule weight inhibitors of VEGFR tyrosine kinases and any combinations thereof and these include anti-VEGF aptamers (e.g. Pegaptanib), soluble recombinant decoy receptors (e.g. VEGF Trap). In certain embodiments, the anti-angiogenic agent is include corticosteroids, angiostatic steroids, anecortave acetate, angiostatin, endostatin, small interfering RNA's decreasing expression of VEGFR or VEGF ligand, post-VEGFR blockade with tyrosine kinase inhibitors, MMP inhibitors, IGFBP3, SDF-1 blockers, PEDF, gamma-secretase, Delta-like ligand 4, integrin antagonists, HIF-1 alpha blockade, protein kinase CK2 blockade, and inhibition of stem cell (i.e. endothelial progenitor cell) homing to the site of neovascularization using vascular endothelial cadherin (CD-144) and stromal derived factor (SDF)-I antibodies. Small molecule RTK inhibitors targeting VEGF receptors including PTK787 can also be used. Agents that have activity against neovascularization that are not necessarily anti-VEGF compounds can also be used and include anti-inflammatory drugs, m-Tor inhibitors, rapamycin, everolismus, temsirolismus, cyclospohne, anti-TNF agents, anti-complement agents, and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents. Agents that are neuroprotective and can potentially reduce the progression of dry macular degeneration can also be used, such as the class of drugs called the ,neurosteroids“. These include drugs such as dehydroepiandrosterone (DHEA) (Brand names: Prastera(R) and Fidelin(R)), dehydroepiandrosterone sulfate, and pregnenolone sulfate. Any AMD (age-related macular degeneration) therapeutic agent can be used in combination with the dimeric polypeptide or pharmaceutical formulation as reported herein, including but not limited to verteporfin in combination with PDT, pegaptanib sodium, zinc, or an antioxidant(s), alone or in any combination.
  • G. Pharmaceutical Formulations
  • Pharmaceutical formulations of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein are prepared by mixing such heterodimeric polypeptide having the desired degree of purity with one or more optional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers (Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 16th edition, Osol, A. (ed.) (1980)), in the form of lyophilized formulations or aqueous solutions. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are generally nontoxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed, and include, but are not limited to: buffers such as phosphate, citrate, and other organic acids; antioxidants including ascorbic acid and methionine; preservatives (such as octadecyl dimethylbenzyl ammonium chloride; hexamethonium chloride; benzalkonium chloride; benzethonium chloride; phenol, butyl or benzyl alcohol; alkyl parabens such as methyl or propyl paraben; catechol; resorcinol; cyclohexanol; 3-pentanol; and m-cresol); low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptides; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as poly(vinylpyrrolidone); amino acids such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine, histidine, arginine, or lysine; monosaccharides, disaccharides, and other carbohydrates including glucose, mannose, or dextrins; chelating agents such as EDTA; sugars such as sucrose, mannitol, trehalose or sorbitol; salt-forming counter-ions such as sodium; metal complexes (e.g. Zn-protein complexes); and/or non-ionic surfactants such as polyethylene glycol (PEG). Exemplary pharmaceutically acceptable carriers herein further include interstitial drug dispersion agents such as soluble neutral-active hyaluronidase glycoproteins (sHASEGP), for example, human soluble PH-20 hyaluronidase glycoproteins, such as rhuPH20 (HYLENEX®, Baxter International, Inc.). Certain exemplary sHASEGPs and methods of use, including rhuPH20, are described in US 2005/0260186 and US 2006/0104968. In one aspect, a sHASEGP is combined with one or more additional glycosaminoglycanases such as chondroitinases.
  • Exemplary lyophilized antibody formulations are described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,267,958. Aqueous antibody formulations include those described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,171,586 and WO 2006/044908, the latter formulations including a histidine-acetate buffer.
  • The formulation herein may also contain more than one active ingredients as necessary for the particular indication being treated, preferably those with complementary activities that do not adversely affect each other. Such active ingredients are suitably present in combination in amounts that are effective for the purpose intended.
  • Active ingredients may be entrapped in microcapsules prepared, for example, by coacervation techniques or by interfacial polymerization, for example, hydroxymethyl cellulose or gelatin-microcapsules and poly-(methyl methacrylate) microcapsules, respectively, in colloidal drug delivery systems (for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nanoparticles and nanocapsules) or in macroemulsions. Such techniques are disclosed in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 16th edition, Osol, A. (ed.) (1980).
  • Sustained-release preparations may be prepared. Suitable examples of sustained-release preparations include semi-permeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the antibody, which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, e.g. films, or microcapsules.
  • The formulations to be used for in vivo administration are generally sterile. Sterility may be readily accomplished, e.g., by filtration through sterile filtration membranes.
  • H. Therapeutic Methods and Compositions
  • Any of the heterodimeric polypeptides as reported herein may be used in therapeutic methods.
  • In one aspect, a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein for use as a medicament is provided. In further aspects, a heterodimeric polypeptide for use in treating ocular vascular diseases is provided. In certain embodiments, a heterodimeric polypeptide for use in a method of treatment is provided. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a heterodimeric polypeptide for use in a method of treating an individual having an ocular vascular disease comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of the heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein. In one such embodiment, the method further comprises administering to the individual an effective amount of at least one additional therapeutic agent, e.g., as described above in section D. In further embodiments, the invention provides a heterodimeric polypeptide for use in inhibiting angiogenesis in the eye. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a heterodimeric polypeptide for use in a method of inhibiting angiogenesis in an individual comprising administering to the individual an effective of the heterodimeric polypeptide to inhibit angiogenesis. An “individual” according to any of the above embodiments is in one preferred embodiment a human.
  • In a further aspect, the invention provides for the use of a heterodimeric polypeptide in the manufacture or preparation of a medicament. In one embodiment, the medicament is for treatment of an ocular vascular disease. In a further embodiment, the medicament is for use in a method of treating an ocular vascular disease comprising administering to an individual having an ocular vascular disease an effective amount of the medicament. In one such embodiment, the method further comprises administering to the individual an effective amount of at least one additional therapeutic agent, e.g., as described above. In a further embodiment, the medicament is for inhibiting angiogenesis. In a further embodiment, the medicament is for use in a method of inhibiting angiogenesis in an individual comprising administering to the individual an amount effective of the medicament to inhibit angiogenesis. An “individual” according to any of the above embodiments may be a human.
  • In a further aspect, the invention provides a method for treating a vascular eye disease. In one embodiment, the method comprises administering to an individual having such a vascular eye disease an effective amount of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein. In one such embodiment, the method further comprises administering to the individual an effective amount of at least one additional therapeutic agent, as described below. An “individual” according to any of the above embodiments may be a human.
  • In a further aspect, the invention provides a method for inhibiting angiogenesis in the eye in an individual. In one embodiment, the method comprises administering to the individual an effective amount of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein to inhibit angiogenesis. In one embodiment, an “individual” is a human.
  • In a further aspect, the invention provides pharmaceutical formulations comprising any of the heterodimeric polypeptides as reported herein, e.g., for use in any of the above therapeutic methods. In one embodiment, a pharmaceutical formulation comprises any of the heterodimeric polypeptides as reported herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In another embodiment, a pharmaceutical formulation comprises any of the heterodimeric polypeptides as reported herein and at least one additional therapeutic agent, e.g., as described below.
  • Heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein can be used either alone or in combination with other agents in a therapy. For instance, a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein may be co-administered with at least one additional therapeutic agent
  • A heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein (and any additional therapeutic agent) can be administered by any suitable means, including parenteral, intrapulmonary, and intranasal, and, if desired for local treatment, intralesional administration. Parenteral infusions include intramuscular, intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, or subcutaneous administration. Dosing can be by any suitable route, e.g. by injections, such as intravenous or subcutaneous injections, depending in part on whether the administration is brief or chronic. Various dosing schedules including but not limited to single or multiple administrations over various time-points, bolus administration, and pulse infusion are contemplated herein.
  • Heterodimeric polypeptides as reported herein would be formulated, dosed, and administered in a fashion consistent with good medical practice. Factors for consideration in this context include the particular disorder being treated, the particular mammal being treated, the clinical condition of the individual patient, the cause of the disorder, the site of delivery of the agent, the method of administration, the scheduling of administration, and other factors known to medical practitioners. The heterodimeric polypeptide need not be, but is optionally formulated with one or more agents currently used to prevent or treat the disorder in question. The effective amount of such other agents depends on the amount of heterodimeric polypeptide present in the formulation, the type of disorder or treatment, and other factors discussed above. These are generally used in the same dosages and with administration routes as described herein, or about from 1 to 99% of the dosages described herein, or in any dosage and by any route that is empirically/clinically determined to be appropriate.
  • For the prevention or treatment of disease, the appropriate dosage of a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein (when used alone or in combination with one or more other additional therapeutic agents) will depend on the type of disease to be treated, the type of heterodimeric polypeptide, the severity and course of the disease, whether the heterodimeric polypeptide is administered for preventive or therapeutic purposes, previous therapy, the patient's clinical history and response to the heterodimeric polypeptide, and the discretion of the attending physician. The heterodimeric polypeptide is suitably administered to the patient at one time or over a series of treatments. Depending on the type and severity of the disease, about 1 μg/kg to 15 mg/kg (e.g. 0.5 mg/kg-10 mg/kg) of heterodimeric polypeptide can be an initial candidate dosage for administration to the patient, whether, for example, by one or more separate administrations, or by continuous infusion. One typical daily dosage might range from about 1 μg/kg to 100 mg/kg or more, depending on the factors mentioned above. For repeated administrations over several days or longer, depending on the condition, the treatment would generally be sustained until a desired suppression of disease symptoms occurs. One exemplary dosage of the heterodimeric polypeptide would be in the range from about 0.05 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg. Thus, one or more doses of about 0.5 mg/kg, 2.0 mg/kg, 4.0 mg/kg or 10 mg/kg (or any combination thereof) may be administered to the patient. Such doses may be administered intermittently, e.g. every week or every three weeks (e.g. such that the patient receives from about two to about twenty, or e.g. about six doses of the dimeric polypeptide). An initial higher loading dose, followed by one or more lower doses may be administered. The progress of this therapy is easily monitored by conventional techniques and assays.
    • III. Articles of Manufacture
  • In another aspect of the invention, an article of manufacture containing materials useful for the treatment, prevention and/or diagnosis of the disorders described above is provided. The article of manufacture comprises a container and a label or package insert on or associated with the container. Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, syringes, IV solution bags, etc. The containers may be formed from a variety of materials such as glass or plastic. The container holds a composition, which is by itself or combined with another composition effective for treating, preventing and/or diagnosing the condition and may have a sterile access port (for example the container may be an intravenous solution bag or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle). At least one active agent in the composition is a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein. The label or package insert indicates that the composition is used for treating the condition of choice. Moreover, the article of manufacture may comprise (a) a first container with a composition contained therein, wherein the composition comprises a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein; and (b) a second container with a composition contained therein, wherein the composition comprises a further otherwise therapeutic agent. The article of manufacture in this embodiment of the invention may further comprise a package insert indicating that the compositions can be used to treat a particular condition. Alternatively, or additionally, the article of manufacture may further comprise a second (or third) container comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable buffer, such as bacteriostatic water for injection (BWFI), phosphate-buffered saline, Ringer's solution and dextrose solution. It may further include other materials desirable from a commercial and user standpoint, including other buffers, diluents, filters, needles, and syringes.
  • It is understood that any of the above articles of manufacture may include an immunoconjugate as reported herein in place of or in addition to a heterodimeric polypeptide as reported herein.
    • IV. EXAMPLES
  • The following are examples of methods and compositions of the invention. It is understood that various other embodiments may be practiced, given the general description provided above.
  • Although the foregoing invention has been described in some detail by way of illustration and example for purposes of clarity of understanding, the descriptions and examples should not be construed as limiting the scope of the invention. The disclosures of all patent and scientific literature cited herein are expressly incorporated in their entirety by reference.
  • Methods
  • Electrospray ionization mass spectrometry (ESI-MS)
  • Protein aliquots (50 μg) are deglycosylated by adding 0.5 μL N-Glycanase plus (Roche) and sodium phosphate buffer (0.1 M, pH 7.1) to obtain a final sample volume of 115 μL. The mixture is incubated at 37° C. for 18 h. Afterwards for reduction and denaturing 60 μL 0.5 M TCEP (Pierce) in 4 M guanidine*HCl (Pierce) and 50 μL 8 M guanidine*HCl are added. The mixture is incubated at 37° C. for 30 min. Samples are desalted by size exclusion chromatography (Sepharose G-25, isocratic, 40% acetonitrile with 2% formic acid). ESI mass spectra (+ve) are recorded on a Q-TOF instrument (maXis, Bruker) equipped with a nano ESI source (TriVersa NanoMate, Advion). MS parameter settings are as follows: Transfer: Funnel RF, 400 Vpp; ISCID Energy, 0 eV; Multipole RF, 400 Vpp; Quadrupole: Ion Energy, 4.0 eV; Low Mass, 600 m/z; Source: Dry Gas, 8 L/min; Dry Gas Temperature, 160° C.; Collision Cell: Collision Energy, 10 eV; Collision RF: 2000 Vpp; Ion Cooler: Ion Cooler RF, 300 Vpp; Transfer Time: 120 μs; Pre Puls Storage, 10 μs; scan range m/z 600 to 2000. For data evaluation in-house developed software (MassAnalyzer) is used.
  • FcRn surface plasmon resonance (SPR) analysis
  • The binding properties of wild-type antibody and the mutants to FcRn are analyzed by surface plasmon resonance (SPR) technology using a BIAcore T100 instrument (BIAcore AB, Uppsala, Sweden). This system is well established for the study of molecular interactions. It allows a continuous real-time monitoring of ligand/analyte bindings and thus the determination of kinetic parameters in various assay settings. SPR-technology is based on the measurement of the refractive index close to the surface of a gold-coated biosensor chip. Changes in the refractive index indicate mass changes on the surface caused by the interaction of immobilized ligand with analyte injected in solution. If molecules bind to an immobilized ligand on the surface the mass increases, in case of dissociation the mass decreases. In the current assay, the FcRn receptor is immobilized onto a BIAcore CM5-biosensor chip (GE Healthcare Bioscience, Uppsala, Sweden) via amine coupling to a level of 400 Response units (RU). The assay is carried out at room temperature with PBS, 0.05% Tween20 pH 6.0 (GE Healthcare Bioscience) as running and dilution buffer. 200 nM of samples are injected at a flow rate of 50 μL/min at room temperature. Association time is 180 sec., dissociation phase took 360 sec. Regeneration of the chip surface is reached by a short injection of HBS-P, pH 8.0. Evaluation of SPR-data is performed by comparison of the biological response signal height at 180 sec. after injection and at 300 sec. after injection. The corresponding parameters are the RU max level (180 sec. after injection) and late stability (300 sec. after end of injection).
  • Protein A surface plasmon resonance (SPR) analysis
  • The assay is based on surface plasmon resonance spectroscopy. Protein A is immobilized onto the surface of a SPR biosensor. By injecting the sample into the flow cells of the SPR spectrometer it forms a complex with the immobilized protein A resulting in an increasing mass on the sensor chip surface, and therefore to a higher response (as 1 RU is defined as 1 pg/mm2). Afterwards the sensor chip is regenerated by dissolving the sample-protein A-complex. The gained responses are then evaluated for the signal high in response units (RU) and the dissociation behavior.
  • Around 3500 response units (RU) of protein A (20 μg/mL) are coupled onto a CM5 chip (GE Healthcare) at pH 4.0 by using the amine coupling kit of GE Healthcare.
  • The sample and system buffer is HBS-P+(0.01 M HEPES, 0.15 M NaCl, 0.005% Surfactant P20 Sterile-filtered, pH 7.4). Flow cell temperature is set to 25° C. and sample compartment temperature to 12° C. The system is primed with running buffer. Then, a 5 nM solutions of the sample constructs are injected for 120 seconds with a flow rate of 30 μL/min, followed by a 300 seconds dissociation phase. Then the sensor chip surface is regenerated by two 30 seconds long injections of Glycine-HCl pH 1.5 at a flow rate of 30 μL/min. Each sample is measured as a triplicate.
  • The term “with (the) mutation IHH-AAA” as used herein refers the combination of the mutations I253A (Ile253A1a), H310A (His310A1a), and H435A (His435A1a) in a constant heavy chain region of IgG1 or IgG4 subclass (numbering according to the Kabat EU index numbering system), the term “with (the) mutation HHY-AAA” as used herein refers the combination of the mutations H310A (His310A1a), H433A (His433A1a) and Y436A (Tyr436A1a) in a constant heavy chain region of IgG1 or IgG4 subclass (numbering according to the Kabat EU index numbering system), the term “with (the) mutation P329G LALA” as used herein refers to the combination of the mutations L234A (Leu234A1a), L235A (Leu235A1a) and P329G (Pro329Gly) in a constant heavy chain region of IgG1 subclass (numbering according to the Kabat EU index numbering system), and the term “with (the) mutation SPLE” as used herein refers to the combination of the mutations S228P (Ser228Pro) and L235E (Leu235Glu) in a constant heavy chain region of IgG4 subclass (numbering according to the Kabat EU index numbering system).
  • General
  • General information regarding the nucleotide sequences of human immunoglobulin light and heavy chains is given in: Kabat, E. A., et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th ed., Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991). Amino acid residues of antibody chains are numbered and referred to according to EU numbering (Edelman, G. M., et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 63 (1969) 78-85; Kabat, E. A., et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th ed., Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991)).
  • Recombinant DNA Techniques
  • Standard methods are used to manipulate DNA as described in Sambrook, J. et al., Molecular Cloning: A laboratory manual; Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (1989). The molecular biological reagents are used according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • Gene Synthesis
  • Desired gene segments are ordered according to given specifications at Geneart (Regensburg, Germany).
  • DNA Sequence Determination
  • DNA sequences are determined by double strand sequencing performed at MediGenomix GmbH (Martinsried, Germany) or SequiServe GmbH (Vaterstetten, Germany).
  • DNA and protein sequence analysis and sequence data management
  • The GCG's (Genetics Computer Group, Madison, Wis.) software package version 10.2 and Infomax's Vector NT1 Advance suite version 8.0 is used for sequence creation, mapping, analysis, annotation and illustration.
  • Expression Vectors
  • For the expression of the described antibodies expression vectors for transient expression (e.g. in HEK293-F cells) based either on a cDNA organization with or without a CMV-Intron A promoter or on a genomic organization with a CMV promoter are used.
  • Beside the antibody expression cassette the vectors contains:
      • an origin of replication which allows replication of this vector in E. coli,
      • a β-lactamase gene which confers ampicillin resistance in E. coli, and
      • the dihydrofolate reductase gene from Mus musculus as a selectable marker in eukaryotic cells.
  • The transcription unit of the antibody gene is composed of the following elements:
      • unique restriction site(s) at the 5′ end,
      • the immediate early enhancer and promoter from the human cytomegalovirus,
      • in the case of the cDNA organization followed by the Intron A sequence,
      • a 5′-untranslated region of a human immunoglobulin gene,
      • a nucleic acid encoding an immunoglobulin heavy chain signal sequence,
      • a nucleic acid encoding the human antibody chain (wild-type or with domain exchange) either as cDNA or in genomic organization with the immunoglobulin exon-intron organization,
      • a 3′ non-translated region with a polyadenylation signal sequence, and
      • unique restriction site(s) at the 3′ end.
  • The nucleic acids encoding the antibody chains are generated by PCR and/or gene synthesis and assembled by known recombinant methods and techniques by connection of the according nucleic acid segments e.g. using unique restriction sites in the respective vectors. The subcloned nucleic acid sequences are verified by DNA sequencing. For transient transfections larger quantities of the vectors are prepared by vector preparation from transformed E. coli cultures (Nucleobond AX, Macherey-Nagel).
  • Cell Culture Techniques
  • Standard cell culture techniques are used as described in Current Protocols in Cell Biology (2000), Bonifacino, J. S., Dasso, M., Harford, J. B., Lippincott-Schwartz, J. and Yamada, K. M. (eds.), John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
  • The bispecific antibodies are expressed by transient co-transfection of the respective expression vectors in HEK29-F cells growing in suspension as described below.
    • Example 1 Expression and Purification
  • Transient Transfections in HEK293-F System
  • The monospecific and bispecific antibodies are generated by transient transfection with the respective vectors (e.g. encoding the heavy and modified heavy chain, as well as the corresponding light and modified light chain) using the HEK293-F system (Invitrogen) according to the manufacturer's instruction. Briefly, HEK293-F cells (Invitrogen) growing in suspension either in a shake flask or in a stirred fermenter in serum-free FreeStyle™ 293 expression medium (Invitrogen) are transfected with a mix of the respective expression vectors and 293fectin™ or fectin (Invitrogen). For 2 L shake flask (Corning) HEK293-F cells are seeded at a density of 1*106 cells/mL in 600 mL and incubated at 120 rpm, 8% CO2. The day after the cells are transfected at a cell density of approx. 1.5*106 cells/mL with approx. 42 mL mix of A) 20 mL Opti-MEM (Invitrogen) with 600 μg total vector DNA (1 μg/mL) encoding the heavy or modified heavy chain, respectively and the corresponding light chain in an equimolar ratio and B) 20 ml Opti-MEM with 1.2 mL 293 fectin or fectin (2 μL/mL). According to the glucose consumption glucose solution is added during the course of the fermentation. The supernatant containing the secreted antibody is harvested after 5-10 days and antibodies are either directly purified from the supernatant or the supernatant is frozen and stored.
  • Purification
  • Bispecific antibodies are purified from cell culture supernatants by affinity chromatography using MabSelectSure-Sepharose™, hydrophobic interaction chromatography using butyl-Sepharose (GE Healthcare, Sweden) and Superdex 200 size exclusion (GE Healthcare, Sweden) chromatography.
  • Briefly, sterile filtered cell culture supernatants are captured on a MabSelectSure resin equilibrated with PBS buffer (10 mM Na2HPO4, 1 mM KH2PO4, 137 mM NaCl and 2.7 mM KCl, pH 7.4), washed with equilibration buffer and eluted with 25 mM sodium citrate at pH 3.0. The eluted antibody fractions are pooled and neutralized with 2 M Tris, pH 9.0. The antibody pools are prepared for hydrophobic interaction chromatography by adding 1.6 M ammonium sulfate solution to a final concentration of 0.8 M ammonium sulfate and the pH adjusted to pH 5.0 using acetic acid. After equilibration of the butyl-Sepharose resin with 35 mM sodium acetate, 0.8 M ammonium sulfate, pH 5.0, the antibodies are applied to the resin, washed with equilibration buffer and eluted with a linear gradient to 35 mM sodium acetate pH 5.0. The (monospecific or bispecific) antibody containing fractions were pooled and further purified by size exclusion chromatography using a Superdex 200 26/60 GL (GE Healthcare, Sweden) column equilibrated with 20 mM histidine, 140 mM NaCl, pH 6.0. The (monospecific or bispecific) antibody containing fractions were pooled, concentrated to the required concentration using Vivaspin ultrafiltration devices (Sartorius Stedim Biotech S. A., France) and stored at −80° C.
  • Purity and antibody integrity can be analyzed after each purification step by CE-SDS using microfluidic Labchip technology (Caliper Life Science, USA). Five μL of protein solution is prepared for CE-SDS analysis using the HT Protein Express Reagent Kit according manufacturer's instructions and analyzed on Labchip GXII system using a HT Protein Express Chip. Data are analyzed using Labchip GX Software.
  • The aggregate content of antibody samples can be analyzed by high-performance SEC using a Superdex 200 analytical size-exclusion column (GE Healthcare, Sweden) in 2xPBS (20 mM Na2HPO4, 2 mM KH2PO4, 274 mM NaCl and 5.4 mM KCl, pH 7.4) running buffer at 25° C. 25 pg protein are injected on the column at a flow rate of 0.75 mL/min and eluted isocratic over 50 minutes.
    • Example 2 FeRn Chromatography
  • Coupling to Streptavidin Sepharose:
  • One gram streptavidin Sepharose (GE Healthcare) is added to the biotinylated and dialyzed receptor and incubated for two hours with shaking. The receptor derivatized Sepharose is filled in a 1 mL XK column (GE Healthcare).
  • Chromatography Using the FcRn Affinity Column:
  • Conditions:
  • column dimensions: 50 mm×5 mm
  • bed height: 5 cm
  • loading: 50 μg sample
  • equilibration buffer: 20 mM MES, with 150 mM NaCl, adjusted to pH 5.5
  • elution buffer: 20 mM Tris/HCl, with 150 mM NaCl, adjusted to pH 8.8
  • elution: 7.5 CV equilibration buffer, in 30 CV to 100% elution buffer, 10 CV elution buffer

Claims (21)

1-15. (canceled)
16. A method for treating an ocular vascular disease, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a composition comprising an effective amount of a heterodimeric polypeptide to transport a soluble receptor ligand from the eye to the blood, wherein the heterodimeric polypeptide specifically binds the ligand and wherein the heterodimeric polypeptide comprises:
a first polypeptide comprising in N-terminal to C-terminal direction at least a portion of an immunoglobulin hinge region, which comprises one or more cysteine residues, an immunoglobulin CH2-domain and an immunoglobulin CH3-domain, and a second polypeptide comprising in N-terminal to C-terminal direction at least a portion of an immunoglobulin hinge region, which comprises one or more cysteine residues, an immunoglobulin CH2-domain and an immunoglobulin CH3-domain,
wherein the first polypeptide comprises the mutations Y349C, T366S, L368A and Y407V (hole-chain) and the second polypeptide comprises the mutations S354C and T366W (knob-chain), and
wherein the first polypeptide (hole-chain) comprises one of the mutations selected from each of i) and ii), wherein i) and ii) are:
(i) I253A or I253G, and
(ii) L314A or L314G or L314D,
and
wherein the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide are connected by one or more disulfide bridges, and
wherein the CH3-domain of the first polypeptide and the CH3-domain of the second polypeptide both bind or both do not bind to protein A, and
wherein the knob-chain does not comprise I253A, I253G, L314A, L314G or L314D mutations (numbering according to the Kabat EU index).
17. The method according to claim 16, wherein the heterodimeric polypeptide further comprises:
a) the mutation T250Q, or
b) the mutations T250Q and one of the mutations T256E and T256A, or c) one of the mutations T256E and T256A.
18. The method according to claim 16, wherein the heterodimeric polypeptide further comprises:
a) one of the mutations L251A, L251G, and L251D, or
b) one of the mutations H310A and H310G.
19. The method according to claim 16, wherein the heterodimeric polypeptide further comprises at least one mutation selected from one or more of i) to vi), wherein i) to vi) are:
(i) T250Q,
(ii) M252Y,
(iii) S254T,
(iv) T256E or T256A,
(v) T307A or T307H or T307Q or T307P, and
(vi) Q311H.
20. The method according to claim 16, wherein the immunoglobulin hinge regions, the immunoglobulin CH2-domains, and the immunoglobulin CH3-domains of the first and second polypeptides are of the human IgG1 subclass.
21. The method according to claim 16, wherein the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide further comprise the mutations L234A and L235A.
22. The method according to claim 16, wherein the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide further comprise the mutation P329G.
23. The method according to claim 16, wherein the immunoglobulin hinge regions, the immunoglobulin CH2-domains, and the immunoglobulin CH3-domains of the first and second polypeptides are of the human IgG4 subclass.
24. The method according to claim 16, wherein the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide further comprise the mutations S228P and L235E.
25. The method according to claim 16, wherein the first polypeptide and the second polypeptide further comprise the mutation P329G.
26. The method according to claim 16, wherein the heterodimeric polypeptide is a full-length bispecific antibody.
27. The method according to claim 18, wherein the heterodimeric polypeptide further comprises:
a) the mutation T250Q, or
b) the mutation T250Q and one of the mutations T256E and T256A, or
c) one of the mutations T256E and T256A.
28. The method according to claim 18, wherein the heterodimeric polypeptide further comprises:
a) one of the mutations L251A, L251G, and L251D, and
b) one of the mutations H310A and H310G.
29. The method according to claim 27, wherein the heterodimeric polypeptide further comprises:
a) one of the mutations L251A, L251G, and L251D, and
b) one of the mutations H310A and H310G.
30. The method according to claim 27, wherein the heterodimeric polypeptide further comprises:
(i) a mutation selected from T307A, T307H, T307Q, and T307P, or
(ii) one or more of the mutations selected from the group consisting of Q311H, M252Y, and S254T.
31. The method according to claim 30, wherein the heterodimeric polypeptide further comprises:
(i) a mutation selected from T307A, T307H, T307Q, and T307P, and
(ii) one or more of the mutations selected from the group consisting of Q311H, M252Y, and S254T.
32. The method according to claim 16, wherein the composition is administered by topical application to the cornea or by intravitreal application.
33. The method according to claim 16, wherein the ocular vascular disease is selected from the group consisting of wet age-related macular degeneration (wet AMD), dry age-related macular degeneration (dry AMD), diabetic macular edema (DME), cystoid macular edema (CME), non-proliferative diabetic retinopathy (NPDR), proliferative diabetic retinopathy (PDR), cystoid macular edema, vasculitis (e.g. central retinal vein occlusion), papilloedema, retinitis, conjunctivitis, uveitis, choroiditis, multifocal choroiditis, ocular histoplasmosis, blepharitis, and dry eye (Sjogren's disease).
34. The method according to claim 16, further comprising administering one or more additional therapeutic agents for a vascular eye disease.
35. The method according to claim 16, wherein the heterodimeric polypeptide acts to inhibit angiogenesis in the eye of said subject.
US17/126,838 2014-11-06 2020-12-18 Fc-region variants with modified fcrn- and protein a-binding properties Abandoned US20210246228A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17/126,838 US20210246228A1 (en) 2014-11-06 2020-12-18 Fc-region variants with modified fcrn- and protein a-binding properties

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP14192054 2014-11-06
EP14192054.6 2014-11-06
PCT/EP2015/075657 WO2016071377A1 (en) 2014-11-06 2015-11-04 Fc-region variants with modified fcrn- and protein a-binding properties
US15/586,686 US10899846B2 (en) 2014-11-06 2017-05-04 Fc-region variants with modified FcRn- and protein A-binding properties
US17/126,838 US20210246228A1 (en) 2014-11-06 2020-12-18 Fc-region variants with modified fcrn- and protein a-binding properties

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/586,686 Division US10899846B2 (en) 2014-11-06 2017-05-04 Fc-region variants with modified FcRn- and protein A-binding properties

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20210246228A1 true US20210246228A1 (en) 2021-08-12

Family

ID=51932185

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/586,686 Active 2035-12-30 US10899846B2 (en) 2014-11-06 2017-05-04 Fc-region variants with modified FcRn- and protein A-binding properties
US17/126,838 Abandoned US20210246228A1 (en) 2014-11-06 2020-12-18 Fc-region variants with modified fcrn- and protein a-binding properties

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/586,686 Active 2035-12-30 US10899846B2 (en) 2014-11-06 2017-05-04 Fc-region variants with modified FcRn- and protein A-binding properties

Country Status (11)

Country Link
US (2) US10899846B2 (en)
EP (2) EP3842453A1 (en)
JP (2) JP6576456B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20170076697A (en)
CN (1) CN107074966A (en)
AR (1) AR102522A1 (en)
BR (1) BR112017006591A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2960569A1 (en)
MX (1) MX2017005150A (en)
RU (1) RU2713131C1 (en)
WO (1) WO2016071377A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023049732A1 (en) * 2021-09-21 2023-03-30 Qilu Puget Sound Biotherapeutics Corporation HETERODIMERIC Fc FOR MAKING FUSION PROTEINS AND BISPECIFIC ANTIBODIES

Families Citing this family (29)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109153728A (en) 2016-03-21 2019-01-04 埃尔斯塔治疗公司 Polyspecific and polyfunctional molecule and application thereof
US10696722B2 (en) 2016-08-10 2020-06-30 Ajou University Industry-Academic Cooperation Foundation Heterodimeric Fc-fused cytokine and pharmaceutical composition comprising the same
US20200291089A1 (en) 2017-02-16 2020-09-17 Elstar Therapeutics, Inc. Multifunctional molecules comprising a trimeric ligand and uses thereof
WO2018222901A1 (en) 2017-05-31 2018-12-06 Elstar Therapeutics, Inc. Multispecific molecules that bind to myeloproliferative leukemia (mpl) protein and uses thereof
TWI789399B (en) * 2017-06-22 2023-01-11 財團法人生物技術開發中心 Asymmetric heterodimeric fc-scfv fusion anti-globo h and anti-cd3 bispecific antibody and uses thereof in caner therapy
AU2018318440A1 (en) * 2017-08-15 2020-02-13 Kindred Biosciences, Inc. IgG Fc variants for veterinary use
WO2019035938A1 (en) 2017-08-16 2019-02-21 Elstar Therapeutics, Inc. Multispecific molecules that bind to bcma and uses thereof
EP3697441B1 (en) * 2017-10-20 2023-06-07 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Method for generating multispecific antibodies from monospecific antibodies
JP2021510740A (en) * 2018-01-24 2021-04-30 ゲンマブ ビー．ブイ． Polypeptide variants and their uses
EP3765517A1 (en) 2018-03-14 2021-01-20 Elstar Therapeutics, Inc. Multifunctional molecules that bind to calreticulin and uses thereof
US20210009711A1 (en) 2018-03-14 2021-01-14 Elstar Therapeutics, Inc. Multifunctional molecules and uses thereof
US11845784B2 (en) 2018-04-17 2023-12-19 Heidelberg Biotech Gmbh Means and methods for the treatment of angiogenesis-, fibrosis- and cancer-related diseases with protein oligomers comprising NC-1-Fc
TW202016151A (en) 2018-06-09 2020-05-01 德商百靈佳殷格翰國際股份有限公司 Multi-specific binding proteins for cancer treatment
AU2019297451A1 (en) 2018-07-03 2021-01-28 Marengo Therapeutics, Inc. Anti-TCR antibody molecules and uses thereof
BR112021007175A2 (en) 2018-10-23 2021-08-10 Dragonfly Therapeutics, Inc. proteins fused to heterodimeric FC
SG11202109056TA (en) 2019-02-21 2021-09-29 Marengo Therapeutics Inc Multifunctional molecules that bind to calreticulin and uses thereof
CN114127111A (en) 2019-02-21 2022-03-01 马伦戈治疗公司 Antibody molecules that bind NKP30 and uses thereof
AU2020226904A1 (en) 2019-02-21 2021-09-16 Marengo Therapeutics, Inc. Anti-TCR antibody molecules and uses thereof
SG11202109033XA (en) 2019-02-21 2021-09-29 Marengo Therapeutics Inc Multifunctional molecules that bind to t cells and uses thereof to treat autoimmune disorders
WO2020172571A1 (en) 2019-02-21 2020-08-27 Elstar Therapeutics, Inc. Multifunctional molecules that bind to t cell related cancer cells and uses thereof
CN113121677B (en) * 2019-12-31 2023-06-27 周易 Method for obtaining high-purity heterologous antibody
WO2021138407A2 (en) 2020-01-03 2021-07-08 Marengo Therapeutics, Inc. Multifunctional molecules that bind to cd33 and uses thereof
JP2023523011A (en) 2020-04-24 2023-06-01 マレンゴ・セラピューティクス，インコーポレーテッド Multifunctional molecules that bind to T cell-associated cancer cells and uses thereof
GB2616128A (en) 2020-08-26 2023-08-30 Marengo Therapeutics Inc Antibody molecules that bind to NKp30 and uses thereof
CN116249718A (en) 2020-08-26 2023-06-09 马伦戈治疗公司 Multifunctional molecules binding to calreticulin and uses thereof
CN116761818A (en) 2020-08-26 2023-09-15 马伦戈治疗公司 Method for detecting TRBC1 or TRBC2
CN112466390B (en) * 2020-12-19 2023-11-14 广东众源药业有限公司 Hydrophobic cyclic peptide ligands useful for purification of human immunoglobulin G
CN112480245B (en) * 2020-12-19 2023-08-18 上海佰君生物科技有限公司 Application of hydrophobic cyclic peptide ligand in purification of human immunoglobulin G
BR112023020832A2 (en) 2021-04-08 2023-12-19 Marengo Therapeutics Inc TCR-BINDED MULTIFUNCTIONAL MOLECULES AND THEIR USES

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010040508A1 (en) * 2008-10-08 2010-04-15 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Bispecific anti-vegf/anti-ang-2 antibodies

Family Cites Families (121)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4676980A (en) 1985-09-23 1987-06-30 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services Target specific cross-linked heteroantibodies
US6548640B1 (en) 1986-03-27 2003-04-15 Btg International Limited Altered antibodies
IL85035A0 (en) 1987-01-08 1988-06-30 Int Genetic Eng Polynucleotide molecule,a chimeric antibody with specificity for human b cell surface antigen,a process for the preparation and methods utilizing the same
EP0307434B2 (en) 1987-03-18 1998-07-29 Scotgen Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. Altered antibodies
US5959177A (en) 1989-10-27 1999-09-28 The Scripps Research Institute Transgenic plants expressing assembled secretory antibodies
US6150584A (en) 1990-01-12 2000-11-21 Abgenix, Inc. Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice
US6075181A (en) 1990-01-12 2000-06-13 Abgenix, Inc. Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice
US5770429A (en) 1990-08-29 1998-06-23 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies
ES2113940T3 (en) 1990-12-03 1998-05-16 Genentech Inc ENRICHMENT METHOD FOR PROTEIN VARIANTS WITH ALTERED UNION PROPERTIES.
ES2206447T3 (en) 1991-06-14 2004-05-16 Genentech, Inc. HUMANIZED ANTIBODY FOR HEREGULINE.
US7018809B1 (en) 1991-09-19 2006-03-28 Genentech, Inc. Expression of functional antibody fragments
WO1993008829A1 (en) 1991-11-04 1993-05-13 The Regents Of The University Of California Compositions that mediate killing of hiv-infected cells
JPH08511420A (en) 1993-06-16 1996-12-03 セルテック・セラピューテイクス・リミテッド Body
US5789199A (en) 1994-11-03 1998-08-04 Genentech, Inc. Process for bacterial production of polypeptides
US5840523A (en) 1995-03-01 1998-11-24 Genetech, Inc. Methods and compositions for secretion of heterologous polypeptides
US5731168A (en) 1995-03-01 1998-03-24 Genentech, Inc. Method for making heteromultimeric polypeptides
US6267958B1 (en) 1995-07-27 2001-07-31 Genentech, Inc. Protein formulation
GB9603256D0 (en) 1996-02-16 1996-04-17 Wellcome Found Antibodies
WO1998048032A2 (en) 1997-04-21 1998-10-29 Donlar Corporation POLY-(α-L-ASPARTIC ACID), POLY-(α-L-GLUTAMIC ACID) AND COPOLYMERS OF L-ASP AND L-GLU, METHOD FOR THEIR PRODUCTION AND THEIR USE
DE69830901T2 (en) 1997-05-02 2006-05-24 Genentech Inc., San Francisco A method for producing multispecific antibodies having heteromultimeric and common components
US20020062010A1 (en) 1997-05-02 2002-05-23 Genentech, Inc. Method for making multispecific antibodies having heteromultimeric and common components
US6171586B1 (en) 1997-06-13 2001-01-09 Genentech, Inc. Antibody formulation
DE69830315T2 (en) 1997-06-24 2006-02-02 Genentech Inc., San Francisco GALACTOSYLATED GLYCOPROTEIN CONTAINING COMPOSITIONS AND METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF
US6040498A (en) 1998-08-11 2000-03-21 North Caroline State University Genetically engineered duckweed
ATE419009T1 (en) 1997-10-31 2009-01-15 Genentech Inc METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS CONSISTING OF GLYCOPROTEIN GLYCOFORMS
US6610833B1 (en) 1997-11-24 2003-08-26 The Institute For Human Genetics And Biochemistry Monoclonal human natural antibodies
ATE531812T1 (en) 1997-12-05 2011-11-15 Scripps Research Inst HUMANIZATION OF RODENT ANTIBODIES
US6194551B1 (en) 1998-04-02 2001-02-27 Genentech, Inc. Polypeptide variants
ATE375365T1 (en) 1998-04-02 2007-10-15 Genentech Inc ANTIBODIES VARIANTS AND FRAGMENTS THEREOF
AU3657899A (en) 1998-04-20 1999-11-08 James E. Bailey Glycosylation engineering of antibodies for improving antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity
US6737056B1 (en) 1999-01-15 2004-05-18 Genentech, Inc. Polypeptide variants with altered effector function
HUP0104865A3 (en) 1999-01-15 2004-07-28 Genentech Inc Polypeptide variants with altered effector function
EP2275540B1 (en) 1999-04-09 2016-03-23 Kyowa Hakko Kirin Co., Ltd. Method for controlling the activity of immunologically functional molecule
US7125978B1 (en) 1999-10-04 2006-10-24 Medicago Inc. Promoter for regulating expression of foreign genes
AU782626B2 (en) 1999-10-04 2005-08-18 Medicago Inc. Method for regulating transcription of foreign genes
EP1229125A4 (en) 1999-10-19 2005-06-01 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Kk Process for producing polypeptide
AU784983B2 (en) 1999-12-15 2006-08-17 Genentech Inc. Shotgun scanning, a combinatorial method for mapping functional protein epitopes
US7449443B2 (en) 2000-03-23 2008-11-11 California Institute Of Technology Method for stabilization of proteins using non-natural amino acids
ES2528794T3 (en) 2000-04-11 2015-02-12 Genentech, Inc. Multivalent antibodies and uses thereof
US6586207B2 (en) 2000-05-26 2003-07-01 California Institute Of Technology Overexpression of aminoacyl-tRNA synthetases for efficient production of engineered proteins containing amino acid analogues
US7064191B2 (en) 2000-10-06 2006-06-20 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Process for purifying antibody
CA2424602C (en) 2000-10-06 2012-09-18 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Antibody composition-producing cell
US6946292B2 (en) 2000-10-06 2005-09-20 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Cells producing antibody compositions with increased antibody dependent cytotoxic activity
US6596541B2 (en) 2000-10-31 2003-07-22 Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of modifying eukaryotic cells
JP3523245B1 (en) 2000-11-30 2004-04-26 メダレックス，インコーポレーテッド Transgenic chromosome-introduced rodents for the production of human antibodies
EP2341060B1 (en) * 2000-12-12 2019-02-20 MedImmune, LLC Molecules with extended half-lives, compositions and uses thereof
NZ592087A (en) 2001-08-03 2012-11-30 Roche Glycart Ag Antibody glycosylation variants having increased antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity
ES2326964T3 (en) 2001-10-25 2009-10-22 Genentech, Inc. GLICOPROTEIN COMPOSITIONS.
US20040093621A1 (en) 2001-12-25 2004-05-13 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd Antibody composition which specifically binds to CD20
AU2003248370A1 (en) 2002-02-27 2003-09-09 California Institute Of Technology Computational method for designing enzymes for incorporation of amino acid analogs into proteins
AU2003236018A1 (en) 2002-04-09 2003-10-20 Kyowa Hakko Kirin Co., Ltd. METHOD OF ENHANCING ACTIVITY OF ANTIBODY COMPOSITION OF BINDING TO FcGamma RECEPTOR IIIa
US20040110704A1 (en) 2002-04-09 2004-06-10 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Cells of which genome is modified
US7691568B2 (en) 2002-04-09 2010-04-06 Kyowa Hakko Kirin Co., Ltd Antibody composition-containing medicament
AU2003236019A1 (en) 2002-04-09 2003-10-20 Kyowa Hakko Kirin Co., Ltd. Drug containing antibody composition appropriate for patient suffering from Fc Gamma RIIIa polymorphism
CA2481837A1 (en) 2002-04-09 2003-10-16 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Production process for antibody composition
ATE503829T1 (en) 2002-04-09 2011-04-15 Kyowa Hakko Kirin Co Ltd CELL WITH REDUCED OR DELETED ACTIVITY OF A PROTEIN INVOLVED IN GDP-FUCOSE TRANSPORT
EP1513879B1 (en) 2002-06-03 2018-08-22 Genentech, Inc. Synthetic antibody phage libraries
US7365168B2 (en) * 2002-10-15 2008-04-29 Pdl Biopharma, Inc. Alteration of FcRn binding affinities or serum half-lives of antibodies by mutagenesis
US7361740B2 (en) 2002-10-15 2008-04-22 Pdl Biopharma, Inc. Alteration of FcRn binding affinities or serum half-lives of antibodies by mutagenesis
PT1562972E (en) 2002-10-15 2010-11-10 Facet Biotech Corp Alteration of fcrn binding affinities or serum half-lives of antibodies by mutagenesis
DE60332957D1 (en) 2002-12-16 2010-07-22 Genentech Inc IMMUNOGLOBULIN VARIANTS AND ITS USES
US7960512B2 (en) * 2003-01-09 2011-06-14 Macrogenics, Inc. Identification and engineering of antibodies with variant Fc regions and methods of using same
AU2004205631A1 (en) 2003-01-16 2004-08-05 Genentech, Inc. Synthetic antibody phage libraries
US20060104968A1 (en) 2003-03-05 2006-05-18 Halozyme, Inc. Soluble glycosaminoglycanases and methods of preparing and using soluble glycosaminogly ycanases
US7871607B2 (en) 2003-03-05 2011-01-18 Halozyme, Inc. Soluble glycosaminoglycanases and methods of preparing and using soluble glycosaminoglycanases
US20080241884A1 (en) 2003-10-08 2008-10-02 Kenya Shitara Fused Protein Composition
SG143252A1 (en) 2003-10-09 2008-06-27 Ambrx Inc Polymer derivatives
AU2004280065A1 (en) 2003-10-09 2005-04-21 Kyowa Hakko Kirin Co., Ltd. Process for producing antibody composition by using RNA inhibiting the function of alpha1,6-fucosyltransferase
EA036531B1 (en) 2003-11-05 2020-11-19 Роше Гликарт Аг Type ii anti-cd20 humanized antibody (variants), pharmaceutical composition comprising these antibody variants, and use thereof
CA2545603A1 (en) * 2003-11-12 2005-05-26 Biogen Idec Ma Inc. Neonatal fc receptor (fcrn)-binding polypeptide variants, dimeric fc binding proteins and methods related thereto
CN101124245A (en) * 2003-11-12 2008-02-13 比奥根艾迪克Ma公司 Neonatal Fc receptor (FcRn)-binding polypeptide variants, dimeric Fc binding proteins and methods related thereto
JPWO2005053742A1 (en) 2003-12-04 2007-06-28 協和醗酵工業株式会社 Medicament containing antibody composition
WO2005077981A2 (en) * 2003-12-22 2005-08-25 Xencor, Inc. Fc POLYPEPTIDES WITH NOVEL Fc LIGAND BINDING SITES
AU2005211362B2 (en) 2004-02-02 2008-03-13 Ambrx, Inc. Modified human interferon polypeptides and their uses
MXPA06011199A (en) 2004-03-31 2007-04-16 Genentech Inc Humanized anti-tgf-beta antibodies.
US7785903B2 (en) 2004-04-09 2010-08-31 Genentech, Inc. Variable domain library and uses
CA2885854C (en) 2004-04-13 2017-02-21 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Anti-p-selectin antibodies
CA2577133A1 (en) 2004-08-19 2006-03-23 Genentech, Inc. Polypeptide variants with altered effector function
TWI380996B (en) 2004-09-17 2013-01-01 Hoffmann La Roche Anti-ox40l antibodies
EP1791565B1 (en) 2004-09-23 2016-04-20 Genentech, Inc. Cysteine engineered antibodies and conjugates
JO3000B1 (en) 2004-10-20 2016-09-05 Genentech Inc Antibody Formulations.
CN102746404B (en) * 2004-11-12 2016-01-20 赞科股份有限公司 To FcRn in conjunction with reformed Fc variant
US8802820B2 (en) * 2004-11-12 2014-08-12 Xencor, Inc. Fc variants with altered binding to FcRn
US10011858B2 (en) 2005-03-31 2018-07-03 Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha Methods for producing polypeptides by regulating polypeptide association
ES2577292T3 (en) 2005-11-07 2016-07-14 Genentech, Inc. Binding polypeptides with diversified VH / VL hypervariable sequences and consensus
US20070237764A1 (en) 2005-12-02 2007-10-11 Genentech, Inc. Binding polypeptides with restricted diversity sequences
AU2007229698B9 (en) 2006-03-24 2012-11-08 Merck Patent Gmbh Engineered heterodimeric protein domains
CA2651567A1 (en) 2006-05-09 2007-11-22 Genentech, Inc. Binding polypeptides with optimized scaffolds
JP2009541275A (en) 2006-06-22 2009-11-26 ノボ・ノルデイスク・エー／エス Production of bispecific antibodies
EP2471816A1 (en) 2006-08-30 2012-07-04 Genentech, Inc. Multispecific antibodies
US20080226635A1 (en) 2006-12-22 2008-09-18 Hans Koll Antibodies against insulin-like growth factor I receptor and uses thereof
CN100592373C (en) 2007-05-25 2010-02-24 群康科技(深圳)有限公司 Liquid crystal panel drive device and its drive method
CN101778868B (en) 2007-08-22 2012-07-18 狮王株式会社 Process for production of silane-modified cationized cellulose
US8242247B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2012-08-14 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Bivalent, bispecific antibodies
US9266967B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2016-02-23 Hoffmann-La Roche, Inc. Bivalent, bispecific antibodies
US20090162359A1 (en) 2007-12-21 2009-06-25 Christian Klein Bivalent, bispecific antibodies
US8227577B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2012-07-24 Hoffman-La Roche Inc. Bivalent, bispecific antibodies
PT2235064E (en) 2008-01-07 2016-03-01 Amgen Inc Method for making antibody fc-heterodimeric molecules using electrostatic steering effects
MX2011006870A (en) 2008-12-23 2011-07-19 Genentech Inc Immunoglobulin variants with altered binding to protein a.
CA2756244A1 (en) 2009-04-02 2010-10-07 Roche Glycart Ag Multispecific antibodies comprising full length antibodies and single chain fab fragments
MX2011010169A (en) * 2009-04-07 2011-10-11 Roche Glycart Ag Bispecific anti-erbb-1/anti-c-met antibodies.
EP2417156B1 (en) 2009-04-07 2015-02-11 Roche Glycart AG Trivalent, bispecific antibodies
CN102459346B (en) 2009-04-27 2016-10-26 昂考梅德药品有限公司 The method manufacturing heteromultimers molecule
WO2010136172A1 (en) 2009-05-27 2010-12-02 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Tri- or tetraspecific antibodies
US9676845B2 (en) 2009-06-16 2017-06-13 Hoffmann-La Roche, Inc. Bispecific antigen binding proteins
US8703132B2 (en) 2009-06-18 2014-04-22 Hoffmann-La Roche, Inc. Bispecific, tetravalent antigen binding proteins
AU2010265933B2 (en) * 2009-06-26 2015-05-14 Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Readily isolated bispecific antibodies with native immunoglobulin format
SI2519543T1 (en) 2009-12-29 2016-08-31 Emergent Product Development Seattle, Llc Heterodimer binding proteins and uses thereof
EP3095871B1 (en) 2010-02-08 2019-04-10 Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Common light chain mouse
TWI667257B (en) * 2010-03-30 2019-08-01 中外製藥股份有限公司 Antibodies with modified affinity to fcrn that promote antigen clearance
US9527926B2 (en) 2010-05-14 2016-12-27 Rinat Neuroscience Corp. Heterodimeric proteins and methods for producing and purifying them
AU2011325833C1 (en) 2010-11-05 2017-07-13 Zymeworks Bc Inc. Stable heterodimeric antibody design with mutations in the Fc domain
EA201892619A1 (en) * 2011-04-29 2019-04-30 Роше Гликарт Аг IMMUNOCONJUGATES CONTAINING INTERLEUKIN-2 MUTANT POLYPETIPS
CA2859667C (en) 2011-12-20 2022-05-24 Medimmune, Llc Modified polypeptides for bispecific antibody scaffolds
EP2825557B1 (en) * 2012-03-16 2017-06-28 The U.S.A. as represented by the Secretary, Department of Health and Human Services Soluble engineered monomeric fc
MX360109B (en) 2012-04-20 2018-10-23 Merus Nv Methods and means for the production of ig-like molecules.
US11180572B2 (en) * 2012-07-06 2021-11-23 Genmab B.V. Dimeric protein with triple mutations
HUE056217T2 (en) * 2012-07-13 2022-02-28 Roche Glycart Ag Bispecific anti-vegf/anti-ang-2 antibodies and their use in the treatment of ocular vascular diseases
MX2015000683A (en) * 2012-08-02 2015-04-10 Hoffmann La Roche Method for producing monomeric and multimeric molecules and uses thereof.
RU2687043C2 (en) * 2013-04-29 2019-05-06 Ф. Хоффманн-Ля Рош Аг Fc-RECEPTOR BINDING MODIFIED ASYMMETRIC ANTIBODIES AND METHODS OF USE
CN105164158A (en) * 2013-04-29 2015-12-16 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Fcrn-binding abolished ANTI-IGF-1R antibodies and their use in the treatment of vascular eye diseases

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010040508A1 (en) * 2008-10-08 2010-04-15 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Bispecific anti-vegf/anti-ang-2 antibodies

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023049732A1 (en) * 2021-09-21 2023-03-30 Qilu Puget Sound Biotherapeutics Corporation HETERODIMERIC Fc FOR MAKING FUSION PROTEINS AND BISPECIFIC ANTIBODIES

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20170076697A (en) 2017-07-04
CA2960569A1 (en) 2016-05-12
MX2017005150A (en) 2017-08-08
CN107074966A (en) 2017-08-18
JP2018506545A (en) 2018-03-08
WO2016071377A1 (en) 2016-05-12
JP2020007325A (en) 2020-01-16
RU2713131C1 (en) 2020-02-03
US20170342168A1 (en) 2017-11-30
EP3215524A1 (en) 2017-09-13
US10899846B2 (en) 2021-01-26
EP3215524B1 (en) 2021-01-13
AR102522A1 (en) 2017-03-08
JP6576456B2 (en) 2019-09-18
JP7061591B2 (en) 2022-04-28
EP3842453A1 (en) 2021-06-30
BR112017006591A2 (en) 2018-01-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10899846B2 (en) Fc-region variants with modified FcRn- and protein A-binding properties
US11555067B2 (en) Fc-region variants with improved protein A-binding
US20210395355A1 (en) Human fcrn-binding modified antibodies and methods of use
US20190016828A1 (en) Fc-region variants with modified fcrn- and maintained protein a-binding properties
US20190016792A1 (en) Fc-region variants with modified fcrn-binding properties
EP2992011B1 (en) Fcrn-binding abolished anti-igf-1r antibodies and their use in the treatment of vascular eye diseases

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: APPLICATION DISPATCHED FROM PREEXAM, NOT YET DOCKETED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NOTICE OF ALLOWANCE MAILED -- APPLICATION RECEIVED IN OFFICE OF PUBLICATIONS

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO PAY ISSUE FEE